Democracy Spraffa

Agenda pack

North Lanarkshire Council · 24 November 2022
Back to Audit and Scrutiny Panel — 24 November 2022 and its agenda

Text extracted from the council's PDF. Layout and reading order may differ from the original.

Original council PDF · Download plain text

Page 1

Our Ref:
Your Ref:
Contact:
Tel:
Fax:
E-Mail:
Date: 
Lesley Dysart 
dysartl@northlan.gov.uk
15 Nov 2022 
Members of the
Audit and Scrutiny Panel     
Chief Executive’s Office
Archie Aitken
Head of Legal & Democratic 
Solutions
Civic Centre, Windmillhill Street
Motherwell ML1 1AB
DX 571701, Motherwell 2
www.northlanarkshire.gov.uk      
Notice is given that a Meeting of the AUDIT AND SCRUTINY PANEL is to be held within Committee
Room 1, Civic Centre, Motherwell on Thursday, 24 November 2022 at 2pm which you are requested
to attend. 
The agenda of business is attached.    
Head of Legal and Democratic Solutions 
Members :     Councillors: H Dunbar, T Fisher; J Hume; D Johnston, T Johnston, H Loughran,
F McNally, G Robinson; K Stevenson; R Sullivan, and S Watson. 
Page 1 of 174

Page 2

Page 2 of 174

Page 3

AGENDA
(1) Declarations of Interest in terms of the Ethical Standards in Public Life Etc. (Scotland) Act
2000
SCRUTINY RELATED ITEMS
(2) Strategic Frameworks Annual Position Statement (page 5 - 18)
Submit report by the Head of Business and Digital setting out the corresponding annual
position statement for each Framework for the information of the Panel in line with their remit
(copy herewith)
(3) Annual Review and Refresh of the Strategic Self-Evaluation Framework (page 19 - 62)
Submit report by the Head of Business and Digital (1) updating the Panel on the
achievements from the Strategic Self-Evaluation Framework rolling Review Programme for
2021 to 2022, and (2) presenting the refreshed Framework (copy herewith)
AUDIT RELATED ITEMS
(4) Audit and Risk-Related Items: Action Log (page 63 - 64)
Submit report by the Head of Audit and Risk allowing the Panel to track implementation of
requests and recommendations made by the Panel in respect of audit and risk-related items in
the previous 18 months (copy herewith)
(5) Internal Audit Progress Report (page 65 - 122)
Submit report by the Head of Audit and Risk (1) providing an overview of Internal Audit activity,
and (2) reporting the results of Internal Audit outputs finalised since the last update to the
Panel in September 2022 (copy herewith)
(6) Internal Audit: Follow-Up of Actions previously agreed by Management in response to Audit
Recommendations (page 123 - 140)
Submit report by Head of Audit and Risk updating the Panel on the results of Internal Audit's
follow-up work reviewing the extent to which management have implemented actions
previously committed to in response to previous Internal and External Audit recommendations
(copy herewith)
RISK MANAGEMENT RELATED ITEMS
(7) Risk Management Update (page 141 - 154)
Submit report by the Head of Audit and Risk (1) providing the Panel with a brief update on key
risk management developments since the most recent report in September, and (2)
highlighting a selection of the more significant issues which are of current focus from a risk
perspective (copy herewith)
Page 3 of 174

Page 4

2
(8) Corporate Risk Update
(a) Governance, Leadership and Decision-Making (page 155 - 164)
Submit report by the Head of Audit and Risk providing an overview of the current risk
environment together with an overview of existing controls and actions taken to date to
mitigate against this risk, as well as further actions planned to continue to manage and
update this risk (copy herewith)
(b) Supply Chain Risk (page 165 - 174)
Submit report by the Head of Audit and Risk providing an overview of the current risk
environment and the existing controls and actions taken to date to mitigate against this
risk, as well as further actions planned to continue to manage and respond to this risk
(copy herewith)
Page 4 of 174

Page 5

North Lanarkshire Council
Report
Audit and Scrutiny Panel 
Does this report require to be approved? ☐ Yes   ☒ No
Ref KH/SL Date 24/11/22 
Strategic frameworks annual position statement 
From  Katrina Hassell, Head of Business and Digital  
E-mail HassellK@northlan.gov.uk Telephone 07903 096 121 
Executive Summary
Members of the Audit and Scrutiny Panel are aware of the inter-related strategic
frameworks where the benefits to be gained by avoiding duplication and enhancing
alignment across these frameworks are key to assessing the success of The Plan for North
Lanarkshire, while ensuring each stage of delivery towards achieving the overall vision is
appropriately planned, guided, implemented, and governed.   
The six frameworks focus on ensuring a corporate one council approach in respect of
Policy, Governance, Performance, Self-Evaluation, Project Management, and
Demonstrating Improved Outcomes for Communities. To ensure these frameworks remain
aligned to The Plan for North Lanarkshire, each is on a programme to undergo a regular
review and refresh exercise. 
Delivering the council’s long-term vision within such a fast moving, unpredictable,
challenging, and complex local government environment means the ongoing effectiveness
of the Frameworks is therefore vital not only to support delivery of the long-term vision and
business as usual activities, but also to ensure this is undertaken within the appropriate
governance, performance, and control frameworks. 
Various reports in respect of these Frameworks have been considered by the Audit and
Scrutiny Panel during the last year in line with their responsibility to provide an independent
review of the council’s governance, risk management, performance, and control
frameworks.  This composite report therefore sets out the corresponding annual position
statement for each Framework for the information of the Panel in line with their remit.
Recommendations
It is recommended that the Audit and Scrutiny Panel: 
(1) Acknowledge the annual position statement for each Framework and the next steps
to ensure each remains aligned to The Plan for North Lanarkshire, monitors delivery
towards achieving the overall vision, and ensures delivery is appropriately planned,
guided, implemented, and governed, and
(2) Are aware that a corresponding Review Programme supports each Framework which
ensures that all relevant matters are kept under review, updated as required, and
reported to the relevant committee.
AGENDA ITEM 2
Page 5 of 174

Page 6

1. Background 
1.1 The Plan for North Lanarkshire is now well established as the long-term strategic
direction for the council, partners, and other stakeholders and, most importantly, for
each unique local community and the people who Live, Learn, Work, Invest, and Visit
within North Lanarkshire.  It’s a Plan with a shared ambition of inclusive growth and
prosperity for all and a fairer distribution of wealth across all local communities. 
1.2 As the delivery vehicle for the shared ambition, the Programme of Work - now in its
fourth iteration (with plans approved to the end of 2022/23) - enables a recurring and
dynamic approach to realising the shared ambition.  It enables delivery of the long-term
vision to be informed by an annual strategic planning process that is influenced by
national policy changes and new developments which impact on the achievement of
the vision and which require to be reflected in the development of future strategies,
policies, plans, and programmes of work. 
1.3 The strategic frameworks supporting The Plan for North Lanarkshire are equally well
established: 
• Strategic Policy Framework
• Strategic Governance Framework
• Strategic Performance Framework
• Strategic Self-Evaluation Framework 
• Project Management Framework 
• Framework for Demonstrating Improved Outcomes for Communities 
1.4 These inter-related frameworks are key to assessing the success of The Plan for North
Lanarkshire and ensuring a corporate one council approach.  They are also key to
monitoring delivery towards achieving the overall vision and ensuring each stage is
appropriately planned, guided, implemented, and governed.   
1.5 The ensure these frameworks continue to align to, and support delivery of, The Plan
for North Lanarkshire all are on a programme for a regular review and refresh exercise. 
1.6 This report follows on from previous annual updates on the Frameworks presented to
the Audit and Scrutiny Panel in September 2020 and September 2021.  It sets out the
current position statement for each Framework to provide a composite update in
support of the Audit and Scrutiny Panel’s strategic oversight and governance role. 
2. Update 
1. Strategic Policy Framework 
Background 
2.1 Initially approved in September 2018, the Strategic Policy Framework aims to ensure
that strategies, policies, and plans supporting delivery of The Plan for North Lanarkshire
are formulated, developed, implemented, monitored, and reviewed in a consistent and
transparent manner across the council.  The Framework therefore sets out the high-
The Plan for North Lanarkshire
Priority  All priorities
Ambition statement All ambition statements
Page 6 of 174

Page 7

level strategies, policies, and plans which are subject to a formal review process to
ensure they remain fit for purpose and continue to align to the strategy of the council. 
2.2 Since implementation many strategies, policies, and plans have been newly developed,
reviewed and updated, approved, and implemented to support achievement of the long-
term vision. 
2.3 This was acknowledged in the Audit Scotland interim management report in June 2021
which concluded by categorising the related recommendation from the 2019 Best Value
Assurance Report (BVAR) as complete given the “robust process in place to ensure
policies and strategies are kept up to date and regularly reviewed to ensure they are
aligned to The Plan and any laws and regulations”. 
Current position 
2.4 The Strategic Policy Framework has undergone various updates since initially
approved, with the most recent position being reported to the Policy and Strategy
Committee in March 2022. 
2.5 The report in March 2022 followed the annual review process which focussed on: 
• An update of the Review Programme to ensure all strategies, policies, and plans
are kept under review, updated as required, and reported to committee. 
• Identifying any gaps in terms of strategy or policy development in line with the five
priorities set out in The Plan for North Lanarkshire.
• A review of the supporting guidance to ensure strategies, policies, and plans are
developed in a standardised manner, consistently use a common format, and roles
and responsibilities are clear.  This included strengthening the guidance to ensure
appropriate consultation and engagement with all relevant stakeholders,
consideration of the impact of the pandemic and the resultant social and economic
effects locally, and enhancing cross service collaboration to avoid strategies or
policies pulling in different directions.  
• The integration of impacts into the guidance for developing strategies, policies, and
plans, as appropriate, e.g. similar to the impacts on the committee report template
(e.g. carbon, technology/digital, data protection, equalities, etc).
• Further development of the hierarchy approach supporting the Strategic Policy
Framework in order to provide a clear structure for the development of strategies
and policies that differentiates between strategies or polices designed to ensure
compliance with laws and regulations, facilitate delivery of The Plan for North
Lanarkshire, or standardise internal processes. 
2.6 The Strategic Policy Framework review programme has continued throughout 2022
with new (or updated) strategies, policies, and plans approved at committee in respect
of the following: 
• North Lanarkshire Tourism Strategy - February 2022
• North Lanarkshire Social Enterprise Framework - February 2022
• Climate Plan: Action on Climate Together 2030 - February 2022
• Digital and IT Strategy - February 2022
• Corporate Asset Management Plan - September 2022
• Procurement Strategy - September 2022 
Next steps 
2.7 Developments over the years within both the Strategic Policy Framework and
Page 7 of 174

Page 8

Programme of Work meant there had been overlap.  This was resolved in the March
2022 report to the Policy and Strategy Committee when the delineation was made and
strategies, policies and plans were only included in the Strategic Policy Framework
moving forward. 
2.8 As such, the Strategic Policy Framework Review Programme is scheduled to undergo
an annual review and update process with a view to reporting an updated position to
the Policy and Strategy Committee in March 2023.   
2. Strategic Governance Framework 
Background 
2.9 The Strategic Governance Framework brings the principles of good governance
together with legislative requirements and management processes by which the council
is directed and controlled and through which it is accountable to, engages with, and
leads the local community.  It sets out the council’s local code of governance in line
with the national Delivering Good Governance in Local Government: Framework
(2016). 
2.10 The Strategic Governance Framework recognises the importance of good governance
in terms of meeting statutory Best Value obligations and ensuring the council is able to
effectively pursue the long-term ambition set out in The Plan for North Lanarkshire,
while ensuring this is underpinned with control and the management of risk, and: 
• Resources are directed in accordance with agreed policies and according to
priorities, and in line with corporate Project Management procedures.
• There is sound and inclusive decision making.
• There is clear accountability for the use of those resources in achieving defined
outcomes for service users and local communities. 
2.11 Initially approved in February 2020, the Strategic Governance Framework went through
a substantial review and refresh process in June 2021 which was endorsed by the
Corporate Management Team (CMT) and approved by the Audit and Scrutiny Panel in
September 2021.   
2.12 A subsequent Internal Audit on Corporate Governance in March 2022 cited the
assessment process now in place through the Strategic Governance Framework and
its accompanying Review Programme as good practice.  It was also cited that there are
now “formal and robust arrangements” in place to ensure that such reviews are
undertaken on an annual basis.   
Current position 
2.13 The latest update to the Strategic Governance Framework and its accompanying
Review Programme was further endorsed by the CMT in June 2022 as the council’s
local code of governance which has undergone an annual review and refresh process
in order to identify how the effectiveness of the council’s governance arrangements
have been monitored and evaluated in the year.  The updated Framework was
subsequently approved by the Audit and Scrutiny Panel in September 2022. 
2.14 Using a RAG status, each of the elements and mechanisms within the Review 
Programme can be assessed to ensure they remain timely and effective in 
supporting delivery of The Plan for North Lanarkshire.  This process provides a method
by which to identify and prioritise items requiring to be reviewed and updated further. 
Page 8 of 174

Page 9

The latest position as at June 2022 identified no Red elements or mechanisms, three
Amber, and the rest were Green.  For all three assessed as Amber (i.e. Corporate Anti-
Fraud Policy and Response Plan, Code of Conduct for Chief Officers, and the
Employee Performance Review and Development (PRD)), there is a commitment by a
member of the CMT to ensure an update is undertaken during 2022/23. 
Next steps 
2.15 The natural alignment of the elements and mechanisms in the Strategic Governance
Framework means there has been, in some instances, overlap with the governance
and strategic oversight and accountability aspects from the Programme of Work for
2022/23.  CMT therefore acknowledged (in June 2022) the integration of these items
into the one framework moving forward, in line with the outputs from their Strategic
Planning session in April 2022.   
2.16 Specific items from the Programme of Work from 2022/23 were therefore incorporated
into the Strategic Governance Framework Review Programme in June 2022 (i.e.
P007.1-Corporate communications plan; P011-Three year revenue budget strategy,
P012.1-Community Investment Fund; P059-Procurement capacity and capability,
P072.2-Strategic data management and information governance; P075.1-Strategic
governance, oversight, and accountability; P086-Equalities, and P087.1-Climate
change duty compliance). 
2.17 Moving forward, the Strategic Governance Framework and its accompanying Review
Programme will remain on a formal annual review process that will take place each
year in order to inform production of the council’s Annual Governance Statement.  This
review will include updating on the reporting arrangements for the former Programme
of Work governance items. 
3. Strategic Performance Framework 
Background 
2.18 The detailed Strategic Performance Framework, approved in
September 2019, sets out the framework for performance
measurement at three levels (as per the diagram on the right). 
This approach aims to collectively provide an overview of
performance to help understand the impact of council activities on
improving services and outcomes for the people and communities
of North Lanarkshire.  The measures in this Framework allow for
day to day activities, and progress towards achieving the long-term vision set out in
The Plan for North Lanarkshire, to be regularly monitored, reported, assessed, and
scrutinised. 
2.19 Ensuring compliance with the requirements of Best Value, good governance, and the
Accounts Commission’s Statutory Direction were three aspects which shaped the
development of the Strategic Performance Framework.  As such, the three levels of
indicators within the Framework align to Statutory Performance Indicator 1 in the
Direction in respect of “improving local services” (level 3) and “improving local
outcomes” (levels 1 and 2)”.  The non-negotiable standards supporting the Framework 
are designed to reflect key requisites of the Direction, such as ensuring performance
reporting that is balanced and in context. 
Current position 
Page 9 of 174

Page 10

2.20 As recognised in the Annual Governance Statement for 2021/22 (signed off by the CMT
in June 2022 and approved by the Audit and Scrutiny Panel in September 2022), the
Internal Audit annual audit opinion for 2021/22 recognised that “implementation of
effective, timely, and regular performance reporting on key strategic and operational
performance measures to the Corporate Management Team and Service Committees
has been significantly impacted over the last two years due to the need to respond to,
and prioritise resources as a result of, the pandemic”. 
2.21 Notwithstanding this impact, work has progressed and this is recognised by Audit
Scotland in their Annual Audit Report for 2021/22 (due to be presented to the Audit and
Scrutiny Panel in November 2022).  This reports on the implementation of the BVAR
recommendation (i.e. to “implement the recently approved Performance Management
Framework and reporting schedule to support the delivery of The Plan for North
Lanarkshire and its scrutiny my members”) and concludes that “good progress has
been made”.  
2.22 Activities undertaken during 2022 in this respect therefore include the following. 
• An update to the level 1 health check indicators was reported to the Policy and
Strategy Committee in March 2022.  Collectively these indicators provide the North
Lanarkshire context and have an important role to play in terms of informing the
council’s strategic planning process and providing a way of assessing progress
against the long-term vision.  A further six monthly update was produced in August
2022 which is currently being used to inform the further development of the
Programme of Work for 2023 onwards. 
• Local Government Benchmarking Framework (LGBF) reporting to the Audit and
Scrutiny Panel was aligned to the five priorities within The Plan for North
Lanarkshire.  This enabled due consideration of council performance - along with
comparable performance results from other councils over a considerable period of
time - within the context of the council’s strategic plan.  
• The council’s website hosts the national online LGBF tool to enable easy access
for the public to view the suite of benchmarking measures and compare North
Lanarkshire’s results with other local authorities (https://www.northlanarkshire.gov.uk/your-
council/performance-of-the-council/comparing-our-performance). The Audit Scotland 2020/21
Annual Audit Report therefore concluded that the BVAR recommendation to
ensure that “performance information on the council’s website should be kept up
to date to improve accountability to the public” was complete.
• A new approach to performance reporting for complaints indicators (in line with the
Scottish Public Services Ombudsman (SPSO) Local Authority Complaints
Handling Procedure) was built up within the Business Intelligence (BI) Hub in line
with the move to the new Dynamics platform for handling complaints.  This provides
a range of data visuals which enable live complaints performance information to
be viewed, segmented, and analysed in order to identify aspects of complaints
handling which require further investigation.  This supports the move away from
performance reporting to actively using performance information to identify areas
for improvement.
• Strategic Performance Framework pilot reporting was tested during 2021 and 2022
that aimed to reaffirm the related responsibilities of service committee and set out
the latest performance results to allow Elected Members to monitor, assess, and
scrutinise performance in order to identify areas requiring improvement and inform
future decision making.  This also aimed to ensure performance reporting
remained effective in achieving the best fit between reporting on progress against
the council’s long-term vision and delivering on what matters today locally.  The
pilots reported the latest performance results for the:
- Head of Regulatory Services and Waste Solutions to the Environment and
Page 10 of 174

Page 11

Transportation Committee  in August 2021 and February 2022. 
- Head of Business and Digital to the Transformation and Digitisation Committee  
in September 2021 and February 2022.
- Head of Financial Solutions to the Finance and Resources Committee in
September 2021 and March 2022.
- Head of Environmental Assets to the Environment and Transportation
Committee in February 2022. 
2.23 Following positive feedback from Committees and Heads of Service regarding the pilot,
the opportunity was taken (while there was no committee meetings from April to August
2022) to establish the same reporting mechanism for all other Head of Service areas. 
This has involved establishing a bank of data spreadsheets with all relevant indicators
and updated data, updating indicator definitions, and ensuring accuracy checks are in
place.   
2.24 It should be noted that this has been a substantial piece of work given the size of the
council and extent of service provision in operation, the availability of performance
information and resources in services to maintain such information while dealing with
the pandemic, not to mention that this work was ongoing at the same time as it was
being audited by both internal and external auditors, thus impacting on the same
resource.  This work was also ongoing at a time when work was being carried out
simultaneously to set up the Strategic Performance Framework in the Business
Intelligence (BI) Hub to improve not only the presentation of performance information
in the future, but also the ability to more effectively analyse the information in order to
identify areas for improvement. 
Next steps 
2.25 Work to progress the next steps in order to fully re-implement the Strategic 
Performance Framework in 2022/23 has been ongoing during 2022.  Current work 
therefore includes: 
• Finalisation of work already underway to complete the Head of Service data
spreadsheets and the corresponding Teams landing page for launch with the CMT
in November 2022.  
• These spreadsheets - and the suite of LGBF indicators (which are integrated within
the spreadsheets) - will inform a future programme of themed discussions and
challenge and scrutiny agenda items for both the CMT and the Audit and Scrutiny
Panel.
• CMT meetings will also see each Head of Service (a) present service performance
highlights in line with risks, and (b) identify the public performance reporting to
follow thereafter.
• Finalisation of work already underway with Heads of Service to review indicators
within the Strategic Performance Framework and identify those that are to remain
moving forward.  This has included a review and update of the corresponding
targets and thresholds for the next three years.
• Finalisation of work already underway to update the triennial Strategic
Performance Framework document itself to ensure it remains effective in
assessing performance and progress in terms of the delivery of The Plan for North
Lanarkshire. This will incorporate changes to the levels of performance measures
therein following the review.
• Finalisation of work already underway to update the Strategic Performance
Framework Annual Reporting Schedule which aims to set out arrangements for
regular reporting to Service Committees and the Audit and Scrutiny Panel in
respect of (a) the Strategic Performance Framework, (b) service specific
Page 11 of 174

Page 12

requirements and statutory obligations, and (c) the range of programmes and
projects identified through the refreshed Project Management Framework and
associated Project Register. 
• Development of a public performance reporting framework framed within the
context of what The Plan for North Lanarkshire aims to achieve and what
performance in this respect means locally. 
4.  Strategic Self-Evaluation Framework 
Background 
2.26 Initially approved in 2018, the Strategic Self-Evaluation Framework asks the questions
How well are we doing? How do we know? and How can we do better? to ensure the
council has a way of regularly assessing practices, recognising strengths, and
identifying areas for improvement. 
2.27 This supports the council’s Best Value duty that aims to secure continuous
improvement in performance.  Being self-aware and undertaking a structured
programme of self-evaluation underpins the duty to secure continuous improvement,
and good practice suggests local authorities adopt a single strategy for improvement
when implementing self-evaluation. 
2.28 A single strategy for improvement is in place through the Strategic Self-Evaluation
Framework and rolling Review Programme, which was endorsed by the CMT in July
2021 and approved by the Audit and Scrutiny Panel in September 2021.   
Current position 
2.29 A dedicated page on the council’s website provides a central location for reporting on
findings and recommendations from all national audits and inspections:  
(https://www.northlanarkshire.gov.uk/your-council/performance-of-the-council/best-value). 
2.30 The accompanying report on the Audit and Scrutiny Panel agenda today (Annual
review and refresh of the Strategic Self-Evaluation Framework) updates the Panel on
the achievements from the Strategic Self-Evaluation Framework rolling Review
Programme for 2021 to 2022 and presents the refreshed Framework.  As a mechanism
that also helps the council to provide assurances that services provided represent value
for money, are efficient and effective, and able to demonstrate Best Value, a corporate
approach to Options Appraisal has also been included in the Framework. 
2.31  The council’s commitment to self-evaluation and implementing the recommendation
from the 2019 Best Value Assurance Report (BVAR) - i.e. improvement plans arising
from self-evaluation exercises should include measurable actions and clear deadlines
- is recognised by Audit Scotland in their Annual Audit Report for 2021/22 (due to be
presented to the Audit and Scrutiny Panel in November 2022).  This external
assessment concludes that this BVAR recommendation is now considered complete. 
Next steps 
2.32 The accompanying report on the Audit and Scrutiny Panel agenda today sets out the
rolling Review Programme for 2022 to 2023 to ensure the council continues to ensure
a mechanism is in place to assess the council’s functions and activities and identify
areas for improvement within the context of fulfilling the vision set out in The Plan for
North Lanarkshire. 
Page 12 of 174

Page 13

2.33 As the Panel will recall, the council was in year three of the six-year national Best Value
Assurance Report (BVAR) review programme which concluded with publication of a
positive report for North Lanarkshire in May 2019.  A new national approach to auditing
Best Value now comes into effect (for 2022/23 onwards) which will not see a repeat of
the BVAR process for all councils, rather the focus moves to the integration of auditing
Best Value within each individual council’s external auditors Annual Audit Report (AAR)
process.   
2.34 This means that the council will, in effect, undergo an annual assessment in terms of
particular aspects of Best Value.  As such, and considering that the North Lanarkshire
BVAR is over three years old (and pre-dates the pandemic) it is important to ensure the
council continues to be able to demonstrate Best Value and evidence this in practice. 
It is therefore the intent of the CMT that a self-evaluation will be undertaken that is in
essence a Best Value follow up.  This is incorporated into the Strategic Self-Evaluation
Framework rolling Review Programme for 2022 to 2023 and an update in this respect
will be reported to a future meeting of the Audit and Scrutiny Panel.   
5. Project Management Framework 
Background 
2.35 The council’s corporate Project Management Model was launched in April 2018 to
enable each stage of delivery towards achieving the overall objectives of a project to
be planned, guided, and implemented through a systematic and consistent approach. 
2.36 The annual position statement reported to the Audit and Scrutiny Panel in September
2021 advised that a review of the Model was underway; this review followed
recommendations arising from Internal Audit reports - on the governance of capital
projects and managing strategic change - which both reported a reasonable assurance
(green-amber) audit opinion, but considered further action was required and/or there
was scope for improvement in five specific areas. 
2.37 The review and refresh exercise was also considered necessary in light of the changes
in the council’s operating environment since the implementation of the Model in 2018. 
These changes have led to a rapid evolution of programmes and projects across the
council, as well as increasing complexities in the delivery of many of these, and a
growing need for good governance and good project management to set up and deliver
a wider range of projects at pace and scale, and ensure these are well-directed,
delivered to time, cost, and quality targets, and provide the expected benefits and
improved local outcomes. 
2.38 The Review Group set up to review and update the Model benefitted from the expertise
of a wide range of officers from across the council with practical on the ground
experience of project management in both construction and non-construction projects. 
2.39 Following work to collate and analyse the information collected through the review, five
themes on areas for improvement consistently emerged, as noted below.   
1. Redevelopment of the Framework itself to provide clear step by step guidance for
employees on how projects should be planned, managed, and monitored
(whether they are experienced or new to the discipline of project management).
2. Identification of mandatory tasks for particular stages in the project life cycle
which the Senior Responsible Officer (SRO) and Project Manager must ensure
are adhered to.  
3. Making it easier for employees to understand their own role and responsibilities if
Page 13 of 174

Page 14

they are assigned to a Project Team, as well as the roles and responsibilities of
all Team members.  
4. An ongoing programme of training, staff learning and development, and
awareness raising in line with the refreshed Project Management Framework.
5. Enhanced opportunities for more collaboration, sharing, and learning. 
Current position 
2.40 Following the conclusion of the review, and further work to develop and implement the
identified improvement actions, the consultative draft of the refreshed corporate Project
Management Framework (2022) was approved by the CMT on 27th September 2022. 
2.41 Subsequent engagement has since concluded with the council’s Operational
Management Team (OMT) and Organisational Design Authority (ODA) to ensure
appropriate feedback from a wider more operationally focussed audience. 
2.42 An engagement and communication programme is currently underway across all
Services in order to raise awareness of the refreshed Project Management Framework,
highlight the key differences and mandatory aspects therein, and ensure appropriate
consistency of approach in terms of implementation.  More importantly, this also aims
to help those affected by the change to transition seamlessly to the refreshed
Framework and use it - not as a tick box exercise - but to add value and effective
support to the everyday tasks involved in developing, managing, and delivering
projects. 
2.43 In addition, work is also underway with Heads of Service to establish a Project Register
for strategic oversight purposes. When established, this Register will (a) assist with the
appropriate implementation of the refreshed Project Management Framework, (b)
serve as a mechanism to provide evidence in respect of the council’s governance
arrangements, and (c) inform a regular review programme by which projects will be
assessed for quality assurance purposes and for appropriate compliance with the
refreshed Project Management Framework. 
Next steps 
2.44 It is recognised that the refreshed Project Management Framework contains a 
significant volume of information that relevant staff will require to become familiar with 
and apply.  As such, the supporting training and learning and development programme
was considered important in terms of the rollout and implementation process.  A similar
rollout to that which occurred in 2018 is therefore being applied, in that training will be
ongoing over a period of time to ensure all relevant members of staff, senior
management, and Elected Members can be brought up to date.  A Frequently Asked
Questions (FAQs) document has also been developed to support this rollout.  A pilot of
the new face to face training approach will be trialled in December 2022, with full roll
out across the council (as appropriate) scheduled to begin in January 2023.   
2.45 Ongoing support thereafter will be available through a range of online materials,
refresher courses, and a Yammer Forum.  Through these mechanisms there will also
be an opportunity to share lessons learned and provide feedback on the practical
application of the refreshed Framework which will inform the ongoing annual lite touch
review process to ensure it remains fit for purpose. 
2.46 As noted in Appendix B in the Strategic Self-Evaluation Framework rolling Review
Programme, a self-evaluation is scheduled to be undertaken in 2023 on the
effectiveness of Project Boards / Groups as a follow on from the 2022 refresh to the
Page 14 of 174

Page 15

Project Management Framework. 
6. Framework for Demonstrating Improved Outcomes for Communities 
Background 
2.47 As the public spending watchdog for local government in Scotland, the Accounts
Commission aim to ensure their work (a) helps provide assurance to the public on the
performance of each Scottish council and (b) reflects councils’ responsibilities to deliver
high quality services to the public.   
2.48 These assurances are provided through a range of audit activity that is set out in the
Commission’s programme of work; this includes setting a Statutory Direction that
directs local authorities on the publication of performance information relating to their
activities that allows for comparisons over time and with other local authorities. 
2.49 In operation since implementation of the Local Government Act 1992, the Statutory
Direction has more recently been reviewed and refreshed every three years.  The
recent update to the Statutory Direction in November 2021 (covering reporting for the
three financial years from 2022/23 to 2024/25) emphasised a focus on providing a
descriptive (rather than prescriptive) approach, with specific revisions centred on a
number of key areas which included community engagement and empowerment.   
2.50 In this respect, the emphasis is on evidencing that the council is carrying out community
planning for the “improvement in the achievement of outcomes”.  In addition, the
Accounts Commission expects councils (in agreeing outcomes with partners and
communities) to report on how they have engaged with, responded to and helped to
empower their communities, including those who require greater support. 
Current position 
2.51 In line with the re-emphasised focus in the Statutory Direction set out in paragraph 2.50
above, a sixth Framework (Demonstrating Improved Outcomes for Communities) was
established to ensure the evidence is in place to formally fulfil this aspect. 
2.52 Approved by the North Lanarkshire Partnership Strategic Leadership Board in June 
2022, the Framework for Demonstrating Improved Outcomes for Communities sets out
the model which the North Lanarkshire Partnership will use to assess progress and
performance in terms of delivering upon the priorities and plans and ensuring that
partnership activities can demonstrate improved outcomes that make a real difference
for local people and local communities.  The Framework also includes a number of
case studies to highlight just some of the improved outcomes in local communities.     
Next steps 
2.53 The Framework for Demonstrating Improved Outcomes for Communities is on the
review programme to undergo a regular review and refresh exercise.   
3. Measures of success 
3.1 Regular scrutiny to ensure good governance principles are met and enable the council
to pursue its ambition effectively, while underpinning this with controls and the
management of risk. 
3.2 Regular strategic oversight and scrutiny to ensure resources are directed in accordance
Page 15 of 174

Page 16

with agreed policy and according to priorities, while ensuring sound decision making
and clear accountability for the use of resources in achieving improved outcomes for
service users and the local community.   
4. Supporting documentation 
4.1 None 
Katrina Hassell
Head of Business and Digital 
5. Impacts ( http://connect/report-template-guidance ) 
5.1 Public Sector Equality Duty and Fairer Scotland Duty
Does the report contain information that has an impact as a result of the Public
Sector Equality Duty and/or Fairer Scotland Duty?
Yes ☐ No ☒
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
If Yes, has an assessment been carried out and published on the council’s website?
https://www.northlanarkshire.gov.uk/your-community/equalities/equality-and-fairer-
scotland-duty-impact-assessments
Yes ☐ No ☐
5.2 Financial impact
Does the report contain any financial impacts?
Yes ☐ No ☒
If Yes, have all relevant financial impacts have been discussed and agreed with
Financial Solutions?
Yes ☐ No ☐
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
5.3 HR policy impact 
Does the report contain any HR policy or procedure impacts?
Yes ☐ No ☒
If Yes, have all relevant HR impacts have been discussed and agreed with People
and Organisational Development?
Yes ☐ No ☐
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
5.4 Legal impact
Does the report contain any legal impacts (such as general legal matters, statutory
considerations (including employment law considerations), or new legislation)?
Yes ☒ No ☐
If Yes, have all relevant legal impacts have been discussed and agreed with Legal
and Democratic Solutions?
Yes ☒ No ☐
Page 16 of 174

Page 17

If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact?
The Local Government in Scotland Act 2003 introduced the duty of Best Value; this
requires that councils “make arrangements to secure continuous improvement in
performance”.  
5.5 Data protection impact 
Does the report / project / practice contain or involve the processing of personal
data?  
Yes ☐ No ☒
If Yes, is the processing of this personal data likely to result in a high risk to the data
subject?
Yes ☐ No ☐
If Yes, has a Data Protection Impact Assessment (DPIA) been carried out and e-
mailed to dataprotection@northlan.gov.uk 
Yes ☐ No ☐
5.6 Technology / Digital impact
Does the report contain information that has an impact on either technology, digital
transformation, service redesign / business change processes, data management, or
connectivity / broadband / Wi-Fi?
Yes ☐ No ☒
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
Where the impact identifies a requirement for technology, has an assessment been
carried out (or scheduled) by the Enterprise Architecture Governance Group
(EAGG)? 
Yes ☐ No ☐
5.7 Environmental / Carbon impact
Does the report / project / practice contain information that has an impact on any
environmental or carbon matters?
Yes ☐ No ☒
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
5.8 Communications impact
Does the report contain any information that has an impact on the council’s
communications activities?
Yes ☐ No ☒
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
5.9 Risk impact
Is there a risk impact?
Yes ☒ No ☐
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the key risks and potential impacts,
highlighting where the risk(s) are assessed and recorded (e.g. Corporate or Service
or Project Risk Registers), and how they are managed?
Work to ensure an annual review and refresh programme for the set of inter-
connected corporate frameworks ensures the council continues to support the Best
Value duty and comply with the principles set out within the Delivering Good
Governance in Local Government: Framework (2016).  This contributes towards the
mitigation of the risks on the Corporate Risk Register for (a) Governance,
Leadership, and Decision Making and (b) Managing Strategic Change. 
Page 17 of 174

Page 18

Page 18 of 174

Page 19

North Lanarkshire Council
Report
Audit and Scrutiny Panel 
Does this report require to be approved? ☐ Yes   ☒ No
Ref KH/SL Date 24/11/22 
Annual review and refresh of the Strategic Self-Evaluation
Framework 
From  Katrina Hassell, Head of Business and Digital  
E-mail HassellK@northlan.gov.uk Telephone 07903 096 121 
Executive Summary
Members of the Audit and Scrutiny Panel will recall that to meet the Best Value duty the
council must ensure arrangements are in place to secure continuous improvement in
performance for all the functions and activities undertaken to deliver services and improve
outcomes.  Being self-aware and undertaking a structured programme of self-evaluation
underpins the duty to secure continuous improvement, and good practice suggests local
authorities adopt a single strategy for improvement when implementing self-evaluation. 
A single strategy for improvement is in place through the Strategic Self-Evaluation
Framework and rolling Review Programme, which was reported to the Audit and Scrutiny
Panel in September 2021.  This Framework is specifically designed to be strategic but lite
touch, and consistent but flexible to ensure that self-evaluation exercises are tailored to the
service, function, project, or group being evaluated and designed within the context of that
operating environment.   
The Strategic Self-Evaluation Framework is one of the six inter-related corporate
frameworks designed to assess the success of The Plan for North Lanarkshire, while
ensuring each stage of delivery towards achieving the overall vision is appropriately
planned, guided, implemented, and governed.  To ensure these frameworks remain
aligned to The Plan for North Lanarkshire, each is on a programme for a regular review
and refresh exercise. 
This report therefore updates the Panel on the achievements from the Strategic Self-
Evaluation Framework rolling Review Programme for 2021 to 2022 and presents the
refreshed Framework.  As a mechanism that also helps the council to provide assurances
that services provided represent value for money, are efficient and effective, and able to
demonstrate Best Value, a corporate approach to Options Appraisal has also been
formalised and included in the Framework attached. 
The  rolling Review Programme for 2022 to 2023 is also set out in the attached to ensure
the council continues to ensure a mechanism is in place to assess the council’s functions
and activities and identify areas for improvement within the context of fulfilling the vision
set out in The Plan for North Lanarkshire. 
Recommendations
AGENDA ITEM 3
Page 19 of 174

Page 20

1. Background 
1.1 Being self-aware and undertaking a structured programme of self-evaluation underpins
the Best Value duty to secure continuous improvement.  As such, self-evaluation
continues to be considered by the Accounts Commission as one of the fundamental
principles when auditing Best Value in local government.   
1.2 The national Best Value guidance, updated in March 2020, includes a requirement for
councils to be able to demonstrate that self-evaluation activity is rigorous and
transparent. 
1.3 The council’s commitment to self-evaluation and implementing the recommendation
from the 2019 Best Value Assurance Report (BVAR) - i.e. improvement plans arising
from self-evaluation exercises should include measurable actions and clear deadlines
- is recognised by Audit Scotland in their Annual Audit Report for 2021/22 (due to be
presented to the Audit and Scrutiny Panel in November 2022).  This external
assessment concludes that this BVAR recommendation is now considered complete. 
1.4 The development of the Strategic Self-Evaluation Framework and rolling Review
Programme - with the completion of six self-evaluation exercises during 2022 - provided
the evidence to bring the aforementioned BVAR recommendation to its conclusion. 
These six exercises focused on: 
1. The corporate project management model to ensure it remains fit for purpose and
able to effectively support the wide range of projects essential to deliver on The
Plan for North Lanarkshire.
2. The effectiveness of the arrangements for the North Lanarkshire health and social
care Integrated Joint Board and identifying how well the Board is meeting its
intended outcomes.
3. The council’s compliance with the CIPFA Financial Management (FM) Code.
4. The adequacy and effectiveness of the Corporate Management Team in terms of
the revised arrangements and in managing strategic change.
5. The risk management arrangements for the DigitalNL programme and the risks
themselves.
6. Whether the arrangements for the Data Governance Board adequately contributed
to the achievement of the council’s vision as detailed in the Data and Information
Management Strategic Roadmap. 
1.5 Members will recall that the Strategic Self-Evaluation Framework is one of six inter-
It is recommended that the Audit and Scrutiny Panel: 
(1) Acknowledge the refreshed Strategic Self-Evaluation Framework and rolling Review
Programme and the purpose therein in terms of ensuring that self-evaluation
identifies areas for improvement that contribute to achievement of the vision set out
in The Plan for North Lanarkshire, 
(2) Are aware of the challenge and scrutiny role of the Audit and Scrutiny Panel in line
with their responsibility to provide an independent review of the council’s
governance, risk management, performance, and control frameworks.   
The Plan for North Lanarkshire
Priority  All priorities
Ambition statement All ambition statements
Page 20 of 174

Page 21

related strategic frameworks.  The benefits to be gained by avoiding duplication and
enhancing alignment across these frameworks are key to assessing the success of The
Plan for North Lanarkshire, while ensuring each stage of delivery towards achieving the
overall vision is appropriately planned, guided, implemented, and governed.   
1.6 The six frameworks focus on ensuring a corporate one council approach in respect of
Policy, Governance, Performance, Self-Evaluation, Project Management, and
Demonstrating Improved Outcomes for Communities. To ensure these frameworks
remain aligned to The Plan for North Lanarkshire, each is on a programme to undergo
a regular review and refresh exercise. 
1.7 This report therefore presents the Audit and Scrutiny Panel with the refreshed Strategic
Self-Evaluation Framework and rolling Review Programme for 2022 to 2023.  This aims
to ensure the council continues to comply with the requirements of Best Value and
Good Governance and, more importantly, ensures a mechanism is in place to assess
the council’s functions and activities and identify areas for improvement within the
context of fulfilling the vision set out in The Plan for North Lanarkshire. 
2. Annual review and refresh of the Strategic Self-Evaluation Framework 
Framework 
2.1 In its simplest form improvement starts with the question
How well are we doing?  Self-evaluation helps to answer
that question and those that flow from it, i.e. 
• How do we know? - What evidence is there to support
the view of how well we are doing?
• How can we do better?  - What are we going to do now? 
2.2 The council’s Strategic Self-Evaluation Framework (included at Appendix 1) ensures a
focus on these three questions. In doing so it also incorporates a degree of triangulation
by including ways to cross check results from multiple sources.  This aims to increase
the reliability and validity of the findings, help to gain a wider understanding of complex
issues, and ensure more complete results. 
2.3 In this respect the incorporation of audit and inspection work - carried out by the various
inspection bodies (e.g. the Care Inspectorate, HM Inspectorate of Education, Scottish
Housing Regulator, etc), and recommendations arising from the external auditor’s
Annual Audit Report (AAR) and Internal Audit programme of audit work - is a key
requisite of any self-evaluation exercise the council undertakes. 
Non-negotiable standards 
2.4 In line with the other strategic frameworks, the Strategic Self-Evaluation Framework
adopts a set of five non-negotiable standards which are designed to ensure that self-
evaluation exercises undertaken in line with the Strategic Self-Evaluation Framework
rolling Review Programme are: 
• Aligned - to The Plan for North Lanarkshire so that improvement actions contribute
to the achievement of the council’s long-term vision. 
• Consistent - so there is a clear understanding of the purpose and benefits of each
self-evaluation exercise. 
• Transparent - ensuring that progress made against the implementation of the
improvement actions is widely reported, understood, and acted upon.
Page 21 of 174

Page 22

• In context - ensuring that self-evaluation exercises are tailored to that which is
being evaluated (whether that is a service, function, project, or group) and
designed within the context of that operating environment.  
• Balanced - to ensure any self-evaluation exercise undertaken is proportionate to
the resources expended, outcomes expected, the scale of the service, function,
project, or group being evaluated, and the associated risks. 
Assessment framework 
2.5  The assessment criteria within the Strategic Self-Evaluation Framework aligns to the
seven Best Value themes (noted below) and the national guidance which was updated
in March 2020: 
1. Vision and leadership.
2. Governance and accountability.
3. Effective use of resources.
4. Partnerships and collaborative working.
5. Working with communities.
6. Sustainability.
7. Fairness and equality. 
2.6 The good practice statements within each of the Best Value themes (shown in
Appendix A) form the basis for self-evaluation exercises undertaken across the council
in line with the Strategic Self-Evaluation Framework and rolling Review Programme. 
2.7 Where national audit and inspection frameworks already exist these inform the
assessment framework for the self-evaluation exercise.  This avoids duplication and
ensures the council’s self-evaluation exercises are focused on gaps and what
improvement is needed locally.  Similarly where relevant good practice guides and/or
checklists already exist (e.g. produced by the Improvement Service or Audit Scotland),
these are taken into consideration and used or aligned accordingly.   
2.8 Well-established principles from national self-assessment frameworks (such as those
for European Foundation for Quality Management (EFQM) and Public Service
Improvement Framework (PSIF)), have shaped the councils’ self-evaluation
methodology.  Key features of this are detailed within Appendix 1.  This includes: 
• The role of a member of the Corporate Management Team as a Champion for each
self-evaluation exercise.
• The strategic oversight role of the Corporate Management Team.
• The challenge and scrutiny role of the Audit and Scrutiny Panel.
• Carrying out self-evaluations that include assessing the approach, its deployment,
and the assessment and review processes.   
Rolling Review Programme 
2.9 Appendix B outlines the rolling Review Programme of self-evaluation exercises to be
undertaken from 2022 to 2023 along with indicative timescales.  This programme will
be updated as new evaluations are identified. 
2.10 As Members will recall, the council was in year three of the five-year national Best Value
Assurance Report (BVAR) review programme which concluded with publication of a
positive report for North Lanarkshire in May 2019.  Due to the impact of the pandemic,
this national programme was expanded from five to six years and all 32 councils has
now undergone the BVAR review process.
Page 22 of 174

Page 23

2.11 A new national approach to auditing Best Value in councils comes into effect as part of
the new five-year audit appointment term for the external auditors, i.e. from October
2022.  The new approach will not see a repeat of the BVAR process for all 32 councils,
rather the focus moves to the integration of auditing Best Value within each individual
council’s external auditors Annual Audit Report (AAR) process.   
2.12 The specific details around the external auditors annual audit plan have still to be
finalised by the incoming Audit Scotland team, however early indications arising from
the Accounts Commission’s workplan to 2024 report that:  
“From 2022/23, Best Value work in councils will be fully integrated with the annual audit
and reported in Annual Audit Reports (AARs), including risk-based, follow up, and
thematic Best Value work.  AARs for each council will be reviewed by the Accounts
Commission at least once over the five year appointment to provide the Commission
with assurance on Best Value in each individual council.  The Commission will use the
Annual Assurance and Risks Report (AARR)* to identify thematic work for the coverage
by all auditors in the following year’s audit”.  
[*The Annual Assurance and Risks Report (AARR) is the annual report from the Controller of Audit about
the work undertaken by all council’s external auditors over the past year on the Commission's behalf]. 
2.13 This means that the council will, in effect, undergo an annual assessment in terms of
particular aspects of Best Value.  As such, and considering that the North Lanarkshire
BVAR is over three years old (and pre-dates the pandemic), it is important to ensure
the council continues to be able to demonstrate Best Value and evidence this in
practice.  It is therefore the intent of the Corporate Management Team that a self-
evaluation will be undertaken in 2022/23 that is in essence a Best Value follow up. 
Options Appraisal 
2.14 As the Panel are aware councils must provide assurances that services provided
represent value for money, are efficient and effective, and demonstrate Best Value
through continuous improvement.  Critically assessing current arrangements and
considering a range of options when deciding what services to provide, and how to
deliver them, helps to ensure that decisions are transparent and based on sound
information. An Options Appraisal helps make these decisions and provides assurance
that all relevant issues (including quality, cost, and risk) have been considered. 
2.15 The use of Options Appraisal is already widespread across the council.  However to
ensure that the outcome from such an exercise continues to remain consistent with the
strategic direction for the council, as set out in The Plan for North Lanarkshire, a
corporate approach has been formalised and is included in the refreshed Strategic Self-
Evaluation Framework attached.   
2.16 It is expected though that the size, nature, and complexity of each individual Options
Appraisal exercise will influence the size and scale of the options appraisal process to
be used.  It is not considered good use of limited resources to spend time and money
on options appraisals for decisions which are straightforward and of minimal impact on
service provision, or the council’s finances.  Decisions in terms of the extent to which
the approach set out in Appendices C and D is used (i.e. a basic or enhanced approach)
will therefore need to be made in a sensible and proportionate way. 
Next steps 
Page 23 of 174

Page 24

2.17 The next steps will involve scoping and preparatory work to develop a more detailed
evaluation specification for each of the self-evaluation exercises in Appendix B.   
2.18 Championed by identified members of the Corporate Management Team, self-
evaluation exercises will continue to be managed by the Strategy and Performance
Manager in Business and Digital to ensure the five non-negotiable standards are
consistently applied across the rolling Review Programme and improvements support
the further delivery of The Plan for North Lanarkshire.  Where identified as appropriate
for certain self-evaluation exercises, external facilitation will be provided by the
Improvement Service to ensure that independency of approach. 
3. Measures of success 
3.1 The key measure of success will be in securing continuous improvement in
performance through self-evaluation that is focussed on what the council ultimately
aims to achieve.   
4. Supporting documentation 
4.1 Appendix 1 -  Strategic Self-Evaluation Framework   
- Appendix A: Assessment criteria and statements
- Appendix B: Rolling Review Programme
- Appendix C: Options Appraisal process
- Appendix D: Options Appraisal templates 
Katrina Hassell
Head of Business and Digital 
5. Impacts ( http://connect/report-template-guidance ) 
5.1 Public Sector Equality Duty and Fairer Scotland Duty
Does the report contain information that has an impact as a result of the Public
Sector Equality Duty and/or Fairer Scotland Duty?
Yes ☐ No ☒
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
If Yes, has an assessment been carried out and published on the council’s website?
https://www.northlanarkshire.gov.uk/your-community/equalities/equality-and-fairer-
scotland-duty-impact-assessments
Yes ☐ No ☒
5.2 Financial impact
Does the report contain any financial impacts?
Yes ☐ No ☒
If Yes, have all relevant financial impacts have been discussed and agreed with
Financial Solutions?
Yes ☐ No ☐
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact?
5.3 HR policy impact 
Does the report contain any HR policy or procedure impacts?
Yes ☐ No ☒
If Yes, have all relevant HR impacts have been discussed and agreed with People
Page 24 of 174

Page 25

and Organisational Development?
Yes ☐ No ☐
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact?
5.4 Legal impact
Does the report contain any legal impacts (such as general legal matters, statutory
considerations (including employment law considerations), or new legislation)?
Yes ☒ No ☐
If Yes, have all relevant legal impacts have been discussed and agreed with Legal
and Democratic Solutions?
Yes ☒ No ☐
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact?
The Local Government in Scotland Act 2003 introduced the statutory duty of Best
Value which requires that councils “make arrangements to secure continuous
improvement in performance”.  
5.5 Data protection impact 
Does the report / project / practice contain or involve the processing of personal
data?  
Yes ☐ No ☒
If Yes, is the processing of this personal data likely to result in a high risk to the data
subject?
Yes ☐ No ☐
If Yes, has a Data Protection Impact Assessment (DPIA) been carried out and e-
mailed to dataprotection@northlan.gov.uk 
Yes ☐ No ☐
5.6 Technology / Digital impact
Does the report contain information that has an impact on either technology, digital
transformation, service redesign / business change processes, data management, or
connectivity / broadband / Wi-Fi?
Yes ☐ No ☒
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact? 
Where the impact identifies a requirement for technology, has an assessment been
carried out (or scheduled) by the Enterprise Architecture Governance Group
(EAGG)? 
Yes ☐ No ☐
5.7 Environmental / Carbon impact
Does the report / project / practice contain information that has an impact on any
environmental or carbon matters?
Yes ☐ No ☒
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact?
5.8 Communications impact
Does the report contain any information that has an impact on the council’s
communications activities?
Yes ☐ No ☒
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the impact?
5.9 Risk impact
Is there a risk impact?
Yes ☒ No ☐
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the key risks and potential impacts,
highlighting where the risk(s) are assessed and recorded (e.g. Corporate or Service
or Project Risk Registers), and how they are managed?
Implementation of a corporate approach to self-evaluation and options appraisal
through the Strategic Self-Evaluation Framework and the rolling Review Programme
Page 25 of 174

Page 26

ensures the council fully complies with Best Value and Good Governance
requirements.  This approach also contributes towards the mitigation of the risks on
the Corporate Risk Register for (a) Governance, Leadership, and Decision Making
and (b) Managing Strategic Change. 
Page 26 of 174

Page 27

1 
Strategic Self-Evaluation Framework
(includes the corporate process for Options Appraisal)  
Appendix 1
Page 27 of 174

Page 28

2 
Document control
Title Strategic Self-Evaluation Framework (includes the corporate process for Options Appraisal)
Owner Katrina Hassell, Head of Business and Digital Contact HassellK@northlan.gov.uk 
Governance group Audit and Scrutiny Panel
Author Susan Lawrie, Strategy and Performance Manager Contact LawrieS@northlan.gov.uk 
Revision history
Number Originator Date  Description
Original framework created Linda Johnston, Business
Strategy Manager 2019 -
1.0 Linda Johnston, Business
Strategy Manager June 2021 Annual review
2.0 Linda Johnston, Business
Strategy Manager September 2022 Annual review and formal incorporation of
a corporate approach to Options Appraisal 
Document approvals
Number Governance group Date approval granted Date approval to be requested         
(if document still draft)
Original document created Policy and Strategy Committee 2019 
1.0 Audit and Scrutiny Panel September 2021 
2.0 Audit and Scrutiny Panel  November 2022 
Strategic alignment 
Next review commencement date
Review date September 2023 
The Plan for North Lanarkshire (all 5 priorities and 25 ambition statements), Programme of Work, Strategic Policy Framework, Strategic
Governance Framework, Strategic Performance Framework, Strategic Self-Evaluation Framework,  Project Management Framework,
Framework for Demonstrating Improved Outcomes for Communities.
Page 28 of 174

Page 29

3 
Table of contents 
Page
number
Introduction  ………………………………………………………………………………………..….. 4
The duty of Best Value …………………….……………………………………………………….... 5 - 6
- Statutory framework …………………………………………………………………………….... 5
- Scope of the national guidance …….……………………………………………………........… 5
- The role of self-evaluation in continuous improvement  ……………………….………........... 5-6
Self-Evaluation in North Lanarkshire Council ………………………………………………..….. 7 - 11
- Continuous improvement ……………………………………………………………….………... 7
- Non-negotiable standards …...………………………………………….………………………... 7
- Self-evaluation  …………………………………………………………………………………..... 8
- Assessment criteria and statements  ……………………………………………………...……. 8
- Assessment process  ……………………………………………………………………………... 8-11
Options Appraisal  …………………………………………………………………………………...… 12 - 16
- Introduction  ……………………..………………………………………………………………….. 12-13
- Potential outcomes from an Options Appraisal  ………………………..……………………….. 13
- Options Appraisal process  ……………………………………………………………………….. 14
- Potential barriers  ……………………………………………………………….…………………. 15
- Options Appraisal and project management  …………………………………………………… 15
- Reviewing the approach  ………………………………………………………………….……… 16
Appendix A: Assessment criteria and statements  …………………………………………………. 17 - 25
Appendix B: Rolling Review Programme ………………………………………………................... 26
Appendix C: Options Appraisal process …………………………………………………….............. 27 - 31
Appendix D: Options Appraisal templates  …………………………………………...……………… 32 - 35
Page 29 of 174

Page 30

4 
Introduction 
The Plan for North Lanarkshire sets the long-term strategic direction for
the council, partners, and other stakeholders and, most importantly, for
each unique local community and the people who Live, Learn, Work,
Invest, and Visit within North Lanarkshire.  It’s a Plan with a shared
ambition of inclusive growth and prosperity for all and a fairer distribution
of wealth across all local communities. 
As the delivery vehicle for the shared ambition, the Programme of Work -
now in its fourth iteration (with plans approved to the end of 2022/23) -
enables a recurring and dynamic approach to realising the shared
ambition.  It enables delivery of the long-term vision to be informed by an
annual strategic planning process that is influenced by national policy
changes and new developments which impact on the achievement of the
vision and which require to be reflected in the development of future
strategies, policies, plans, and programmes of work. 
Key to assessing the success of The Plan for North Lanarkshire are six
inter-related corporate frameworks that focus on ensuring a corporate
one council approach.  They are also key to monitoring delivery towards
achieving the overall vision and ensuring each stage is appropriately
planned, guided, implemented, and governed.   
• Strategic Governance Framework
• Strategic Policy Framework
• Strategic Performance Framework
• Strategic Self-Evaluation Framework 
• Project Management Framework 
• Framework for Demonstrating Improved Outcomes for Communities 
To ensure these frameworks remain aligned to The Plan for North
Lanarkshire, all are on a regular review and refresh programme.  This
also helps the council to ensure it is proactive in responding to social,
economic, and environmental trends and changes in legislation and
governance, as well as the broad range of national policy changes and
new developments. 
The council’s Strategic Self-Evaluation Framework is set out within
this document. 
To meet the Best Value duty the council must ensure arrangements are
in place to secure continuous improvement in performance for all the
functions and activities undertaken to deliver services and improve
outcomes for local communities.  Being self-aware and undertaking a
structured programme of self-evaluation underpins the duty to secure
continuous improvement, and good practice suggests local authorities
adopt a single strategy for improvement in this respect. 
How self-evaluation has been developed in North Lanarkshire Council is
set out on pages 7 to 10 of this document.  This outlines the assessment
framework used by the council, and the standards which are applied to
ensure alignment with The Plan for North Lanarkshire.   
The assessment process on page 11 provides a consistent framework
for undertaking self-evaluation exercises that allows for flexibility in
adapting the methodology to ensure evaluation takes place within the
appropriate context, meet the needs of the operating environment of the
service, function, project, or group being evaluated, and achieves the
desired outcomes. 
Key strategic oversight roles are set out on pages 9-10 for the Corporate
Management Team, and also for the Audit and Scrutiny Panel in line with
their responsibility to provide an independent review of the council's
governance, risk management, performance, and control frameworks. 
A rolling Review Programme of self-evaluation for 2022 and 2023 is set
out on page 26 along with indicative timescales.  This programme aims
to ensure the council continues to comply with the requirements of Best
Value and Good Governance and, more importantly, ensures a
mechanism is in place to assess the council’s functions and activities
and identify areas for improvement within the context of fulfilling the
vision set out in The Plan for North Lanarkshire. 
This Framework formalises a corporate approach to Options Appraisal. 
An overview is set out on pages 12 to 16 (and detailed in Appendices C
and D); this highlights the importance of defining clear objectives and
fully informed options, applying a rigorous framework for comparing /
assessing / evaluating a range of alternative ways of delivering a service,
project, or operational matter against set criteria and objectives, and
ensuring a transparent process with a clear evidence trail.
Page 30 of 174

Page 31

5 
The duty of Best Value 
Statutory framework 
The Local Government in Scotland Act 2003 introduced a statutory framework for Best Value within local government in Scotland.  This outlined the
requirement for local authorities to secure Best Value by making arrangements to secure continuous improvement in performance for all the functions and
activities undertaken to deliver services and improve outcomes for local communities. 
In making arrangements to secure continuous improvement, local authorities are required to ensure an appropriate balance is maintained between quality
and cost.  In maintaining this balance, local authorities must ensure their functions and activities take into account economy, efficiency, and effectiveness: 
• Economy - minimising the cost of resources used or required (inputs).
• Efficiency - the relationship between the output from services delivered and the resources to produce them.
• Effectiveness - the relationship between the intended and actual results of public spending (outcomes). 
Best Value also requires local authorities to ensure their functions and activities meet the equal opportunities duties and contribute to the achievement of
sustainable development.  As cross-cutting themes, these are integral to a local authority delivering good outcomes and achieving Best Value. 
Scope of the national guidance
National Best Value guidance has been in place since 2004;  this has identified a range of Best Value characteristics which have helped local
authorities develop arrangements that demonstrate continuous improvement in performance.   
The Best Value guidance applies to other bodies as required by Section 106 of the Local Government (Scotland) Act 1973, notably health and
social care integration joint boards and other joint committees or boards that are subject to the same statutory Best Value duties as local authorities
and, as such, the guidance requires to be interpreted and applied accordingly. 
Other devolved public bodies, such as the NHS, are not directly covered by the 2003 Act. They are, however, under a similar Best Value duty
(which is set out in the Scottish Public Finance Manual) and a statutory duty under the Public Finance and Accountability (Scotland) Act 2000 to
use their resources economically, efficiently, and effectively. 
Since 2003, the enactment of other key legislation has had a significant impact across Scotland, extending the requirements of Best Value beyond
local authorities. The Public Bodies (Joint Working) (Scotland) Act 2014 has resulted in the integration of health and social care, while the Community
Empowerment (Scotland) Act 2015 has strengthened the statutory base for community planning, and for involving and engaging communities in
planning and decision-making about things that matter to them.   
The national Best Value guidance was therefore updated in 2020 to reflect the significantly changed policy and public service delivery landscape
within which local authorities now operate (https://www.gov.scot/publications/best-value-revised-statutory-guidance-2020/documents/). 
The role of self-evaluation in continuous improvement
The Accounts Commission - the public spending watchdog for local government, responsible for holding councils in Scotland to account and helping them to
Page 31 of 174

Page 32

6 
improve - consider that being self-aware and undertaking a structured programme of self-evaluation underpins the duty to secure continuous improvement.   
As such, self-evaluation is considered to be one of the fundamental principles when auditing Best Value in local government.  By applying rigorous self-
evaluation, it is considered that local authorities will be able to use assessments of how well resources have been used, and what performance levels have
been achieved, in order to focus on where improvement is most needed to help deliver on priorities and improve outcomes for people in local communities. 
Page 32 of 174

Page 33

7 
Self-Evaluation in North Lanarkshire Council 
Continuous improvement
To comply with the duty of Best Value and make arrangements to secure continuous improvement in performance, good practice suggests councils adopt a
single strategy for improvement when implementing a programme of self-evaluation.   
This will ensure that insights gained from the programme of self-evaluation - into what works, where problems have arisen or unintended consequences
have been identified, where there have been unanticipated results, or where there are areas of good practice - can be used to make judgements on the
quality, value, and importance of the function or activity being evaluated.   
This, in turn, provides the evidence that can be fed back into the decision making process in order to facilitate the highest possible level of quality and
accountability in service delivery and/or secure the improved approaches and resources required to deliver on local priorities and contribute to the
achievement of the council’s long-term vision (while maintaining Best Value in performance). 
Non-negotiable standards
To support the achievement of a single strategy for improvement, a set of five non-negotiable standards are in place.  These are designed to facilitate a one
council approach and ensure consistency across the inter-related corporate frameworks.  These standards also aim ensure to ensure that self-evaluation
exercises undertaken in line with the Strategic Self-Evaluation Framework and rolling Review Programme are: 
• Aligned - to The Plan for North Lanarkshire so that improvement actions contribute to the achievement of the
council’s long-term vision.  Improvements should also be focused, where appropriate, on enhancing the supporting
processes, plans, policies, and strategies designed to deliver the services and improved outcomes that will achieve
the long-term vision.
• Consistent - so there is a clear understanding of the purpose and benefits of each self-evaluation exercise.  Integrating
recommendations arising from local and national audit and inspection work into the council’s self-evaluation review
programme will ensure as comprehensive a picture as possible is attained to inform the identification of areas for
improvement and future decision making.
• Transparent - ensuring that progress made against the implementation of the improvement actions is widely reported,
understood, and acted upon to support the council’s governance arrangements and help build credibility, reliability, and a
common understanding of the benefits of self-evaluation in securing continuous improvement.  Self-evaluation needs to
be robust enough to provide assurances to a range of internal and external stakeholders.  
• In context - ensuring that self-evaluation exercises are tailored to the function or activity being evaluated (whether that is
a service, function, project, or group) and designed within the context of that operating environment.  Identifying the
context and any constraints, within which the self-evaluation exercise is to be undertaken, is a key step in the process in
order for improvement plans to be able to demonstrate the resultant impact on local people and communities.
• Balanced - to ensure any self-evaluation exercise undertaken is proportionate to the resources expended, outcomes
expected, the scale of the service, function, project, or group being evaluated, and the associated risks.  The outputs
must tell a balanced narrative that identifies aspects of good practice as well as areas for improvement. 
Figure 1.
Five non-negotiable standards
Page 33 of 174

Page 34

8 
Self-evaluation
In its simplest form improvement starts with the question How well are we doing?   
Self-evaluation helps to answer that question and those that flow from it, i.e. 
• How do we know? (i.e. What evidence is there to support the view of how well we are doing?)
• How can we do better? (i.e. What are we going to do now?). 
The Strategic Self-Evaluation Framework adopted by the council ensures a focus on these three questions. 
In doing so it also incorporates a degree of triangulation (as depicted in Figure 2.) by including ways to cross check results
from multiple sources.  This aims to increase the reliability and validity of the findings, help to gain a wider understanding of
complex issues, and ensure more complete results. 
In this respect the incorporation of audit and inspection work - carried out by the various inspection bodies (e.g. the Care Inspectorate, HM Inspectorate of
Education, Scottish Housing Regulator, etc), and recommendations arising from the external auditor’s Annual Audit Report (AAR) and Internal Audit
programme of audit work - are a key requisite of any self-evaluation exercise the council undertakes. 
Assessment criteria and statements
There are many self-evaluation models (with varying assessment criteria, statements, and evaluation techniques) in operation across the public and private
sectors.  For council led self-evaluations, local authorities across Scotland have adopted the model (or a local variation of the model(s)) that best fits with
their council’s strategic planning approach, operating environment, and governance arrangements. 
In North Lanarkshire this is the Best Value guidance itself.  Updated in 2020, the seven themes that support Best Value in line with the Local Government in
Scotland Act 2003 reflect the significantly changed policy and public service delivery landscape within which local authorities now operate.  Local authorities
are required to demonstrate a focus on continuous improvement in performance around each of these seven themes: 
1. Vision and leadership.
2. Governance and accountability.
3. Effective use of resources.
4. Partnerships and collaborative working.
5. Working with communities.
6. Sustainability.
7. Fairness and equality. 
For each theme, a range of good practice statements outline what constitutes Best Value in local government; these are outlined in Appendix A.   
Assessment process
The council’s Strategic Self-Evaluation Framework is aligned to the seven Best Value themes and supporting good practice statements shown in Appendix
A.  These statements form the basis for self-evaluation exercises undertaken across the council in line with the Strategic Self-Evaluation Framework and
rolling Review Programme.  It should be noted however, that no self-evaluation exercise will include all statements; each exercise will comprise a small
Figure 2.
Self-Evaluation model
Page 34 of 174

Page 35

9 
subset of statements that best reflects the function or activity being assessed and the context and operating environment of that function or activity, and that
are most appropriate to delivering the desired outcomes. 
Where national frameworks already exist (e.g. the Chartered Institute of Public Finance and Accountancy (CIPFA) Financial Management Code, Education
Scotland’s How good is the learning and development in our community, and the Care Inspectorate’s Self-evaluation for improvement), these should inform
the selection of assessment statements for the self-evaluation exercise.  This will avoid duplication and ensure the council’s resources are focused on gaps
and what improvement is needed locally.   
Similarly where relevant good practice guides and/or checklists already exist (e.g. produced by the Improvement Service or Audit Scotland), these should be
taken into consideration and used or aligned accordingly.  Where appropriate for certain self-evaluation exercises, external facilitation will be provided by the
Improvement Service to ensure that independency of approach. 
The methodology used to undergo self-evaluation exercises loosely take into account the key elements from the frameworks for European Foundation for
Quality Management (EFQM) and Public Service Improvement Framework (PSIF).  The key features of this approach include (but are not restricted to): 
• Implementation of a Champion - to provide leadership, commitment, motivation, and recognition to the introduction and execution of the self-
evaluation exercise. To communicate the purpose and the benefits, and to challenge resistance.  To ensure resultant improvement actions are valid
and used to inform improvements to what the council ultimately aims to achieve.  In the council the role of Champion is assumed by a member of the
Corporate Management Team.
• Management of the process - to ensure there is a Champion and clear ownership of the process and to work with the Champion to optimise the
benefits and results.  To produce the project plans and develop and facilitate the exercises, secure the resources, arrange appropriate training, and
ensure consistency and alignment with the council’s strategy.  In the council this role is assumed by the Strategy and Performance Manager with
external facilitation provided, where appropriate, by the Improvement Service.
• An assessment team - to contribute their time, knowledge, and expertise to the self-evaluation exercise and play an active role in the improvement
process.  To understand and then communicate to others the purpose and benefits of self-evaluation.
• Context mapping - to ensure a clear understanding of the operating environment of the service, function, project, or group being evaluated and
ensure clarity in terms of the scope and boundaries of each exercise.  
• Evidence - to ensure decision making (in terms of areas for improvement) is informed by clear and tangible evidence, which is attained through an
initial desktop exercise and/or online survey or discussion session.
• A consensus session - to ensure the assessment team have the opportunity to discuss and reach a collective agreement on the evidence presented,
the scores achieved through the self-evaluation exercise, and the aspects of good practice and areas for improvement to be reported on.
• Planning and prioritisation - to identify areas where improvement should be made and ensure clear priorities for action are established.  To ensure
improvement plans are developed in line with SMART principles, follow a one council approach, and are aligned to the vision set out in The Plan for
North Lanarkshire. 
This is complemented by two key strategic oversight roles: 
(1) The strategic oversight role of the Corporate Management Team in line with their remit to consider matters which are corporate or cross-service in
nature, to maintain oversight and monitoring of strategic performance across the organisation, and to maintain strategic oversight and direction of the
council’s Programme of Work and The Plan for North Lanarkshire.
Page 35 of 174

Page 36

10 
(2) The challenge and scrutiny role of the Audit and Scrutiny Panel in line with their responsibility to provide an independent review of the council's
governance, risk management, performance, and control frameworks. 
Using these key features, the council’s assessment process comprises 10 steps (as shown in Figure 3. on page 11).  While these 10 steps provide a
consistent and standardised approach to undertaking self-evaluation in line with the Strategic Self-Evaluation Framework and rolling Review Programme,
each step can be customised in order to best meet the needs, operating environment, and desired outcomes of the function or activity being assessed.   
Depending on what is to be evaluated and what the self-evaluation exercise aims to achieve, it can sometimes be useful to gather some initial feedback to
inform the further development of particular steps in a self-evaluation exercise.  An initial straw poll to ascertain the extent to which the potential audience
agrees or disagrees (i.e. strongly agree, agree, disagree, strongly disagree, don’t know) with the following statements in terms of the approach of a service,
function, project, or group as well as its deployment and also the associated assessment and review processes is a quick and easy way to do this: 
• APPROACH:  There is a clear rationale behind the choice of approach, it is underpinned by well-defined and developed processes, it is aligned to the
relevant strategy and policies of the council, and it meets stakeholder needs.  
• DEPLOYMENT: The approach is systematically deployed and implemented in all relevant areas of the council, it is implemented to its full potential,
and it is understood and accepted by all
stakeholders.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              
• ASSESSMENT AND REVIEW: The approach and its deployment are regularly reviewed to assess for effectiveness, there are processes and
measures in place to assess success, and the assessment process is used to identify areas for improvement and opportunities for learning. 
Appendix B sets out the rolling Review Programme - this outlines the programme of self-evaluation for 2022 to 2023 along with indicative timescales.
This programme will be updated as new evaluations are identified and kept on an annual review and refresh programme to ensure the Framework, and
supporting assessment process, remain fit for purpose and support achievement of the long-term ambition set out in The Plan for North Lanarkshire. 
Page 36 of 174

Page 37

11 
Figure 3.
10 steps in the assessment process 
Page 37 of 174

Page 38

12 
Options Appraisal 
Introduction
An Options Appraisal is about making informed choices and better decisions and nowhere is this more important than within local government, where the
choices made dictate how public funds are spent and impact on how people live their lives.  An Options Appraisal therefore helps the council to provide
assurances that services provided represent value for money, are efficient and effective, and demonstrate Best Value through continuous improvement.   
There are many challenges facing local authorities, the most pressing being the need to manage financial pressures and the increasing demands on services. 
As such, Elected Members and officers need to be open to considering a broad range of options for delivering services and ensuring a rigorous and challenging
appraisal of these options.  This might involve providing services in a different way, or even not providing some services at all. These are difficult decisions to
make as they can significantly affect residents, service users, partner organisations, and council staff. A robust Options Appraisal helps councils to make these
important decisions and provides assurance that all the relevant issues (including quality, cost, and risk) have been considered. Critically assessing current
arrangements and considering a range of options when deciding what services to provide, and how to deliver them, also helps to ensure that decisions are
transparent and based on sound information. 
An Options Appraisal is all about making well informed decisions.  As with any decision making tool, Options Appraisal provides support to the process, it does
not provide the answers.  The relevant decision makers within the council will still have to make judgements based on the evidence provided and at some point
it may be necessary to explain those judgements to others. 
The value of a decision making tool such as Options Appraisal is that it takes people through the process step by step and assists in making sure that everything
relevant is taken into account.  A robust decision that has been carefully considered in discussion with others, and has been informed by a robust process, is
more likely to be successful. 
The need to carry out an Options Appraisal may come from a variety of sources. As well as the outcome of a self-evaluation exercise, these triggers could
include: 
• A strategic review of service delivery, for example as part of a council’s transformation programme or improvement plan, or because the external
environment and/or a range of related factors have had a significant impact on the ability of the council to continue with the service in its current form. 
Or there could be a need to provide services in a different way to better meet the needs of residents or service users.
• The outcome of an external evaluation exercise or non-compliance with a contract.
• Poor service performance or performance that suggests services are not achieving value for money - highlighted, for example, through benchmarking
comparisons or by performance indicators that show decreasing efficiency, increasing unit costs, or declining user satisfaction.
• Budget imperatives or the need to make savings in one area to redirect resources to other higher priority areas that are more aligned to deliver the
council’s vision.
• The need for realignment following a new or changed national or local policy direction or decision. 
An Options Appraisal can be used to help make decisions at a number of different levels, from strategic decisions about services to more specific decisions
about projects or operational matters.  Councils have choices about the size and scale of the Options Appraisal process they use to ensure that it is
proportionate to the significance of the decision to be made.
Page 38 of 174

Page 39

13 
To be able to demonstrate Best Value and work well, Options Appraisal needs to be managed properly.  In this respect it is important that: 
• Members of the Corporate Management Team - who are responsible for delivering the council’s vision - ensure that Elected Members receive robust,
complete, and evidence based information in order to make informed decisions.
• Managers - who are responsible for the service change required - are able to manage a robust Options Appraisal process.  They also need to ensure
appropriate time, money, skills, and experience are devoted to the process to ensure that sound evidence based information is produced.  They are also
responsible for ensuring that the approach used is proportionate to the significance of the decision to be made. 
Potential outcomes from an Options Appraisal
There are a wide range of potential outcomes from an Options Appraisal; these include those depicted in Figure 4. below. 
Figure 4.
Possible outcomes from an options appraisal
derived from Options appraisal: Are you getting it right (Audit Scotland, 2014) Page 39 of 174

Page 40

14 
Options Appraisal process
To ensure best use of public money, the council needs to ensure that resources are used wisely and sufficient time and money is spent ensuring that a
robust Options Appraisal has been undertaken before key decisions are made. However, it would not be a good use of limited resources to spend time and
money on options appraisals for decisions which are straightforward and of minimal impact on service provision, or the council’s finances. There is
therefore a need to apply the use of Options Appraisal in a sensible and proportionate way. 
Deciding whether an Options Appraisal is required will therefore involve judgement.  It is not possible to be definitive in this document if an Option Appraisal
will be required, that is ultimately a decision for the relevant Head of Service, but the following four aspects may be helpful in making that judgement: 
• Complexity - a formal Options Appraisal is likely to be necessary if the matter to be decided is complex.
• Implications on service delivery - if a change to a project or proposal will have a significant impact on public service provision, especially affecting front
line service delivery, then an Option Appraisal will usually be necessary.
• Financial implications - changes to activities which give rise to additional financial implications for the council, or would mean significant change in
existing budget provisions, will usually require an Options Appraisal.
• Sensitivity - even small-scale projects or routine activity can, on occasion, be highly sensitive in political or reputational terms.  Where this is likely to
arise, an Options Appraisal may be necessary to help decide how to proceed. 
Whether a formal Options Appraisal is necessary (and, if it is, the extent of detail required) should also be informed by an assessment of its complexity and
sensitivity and by the extent of service and financial implications involved. 
Where an Options Appraisal is required, it is expected that all exercises carried out by the council will follow the same broad steps, as outlined in Figure 5.
below and Appendix C (unless there are specific industry standards that require an alternative method to be followed or there are tried and tested methods
and processes already in place).  However please note the following caveat: 
1. It is expected though that the size, nature, and complexity of each individual Options Appraisal exercise will influence the size and scale of the Options
Appraisal process to be used.  
2. It is not considered good use of limited resources to spend time and money on options appraisals for decisions which are straightforward and of
minimal impact on service provision, or
the council’s finances.  
3. Decisions in terms of the extent to which
the approach set out in Appendices C and
D is used (i.e. a basic or enhanced
approach) will therefore need to be made
in a sensible and proportionate way. 
It should be noted though that, while each Options Appraisal will include these steps, in practice it is not exactly a linear
process and some of the steps will take place simultaneously.
Figure 5.
Options Appraisal process
Page 40 of 174

Page 41

15 
Potential barriers
Options Appraisal can be extremely challenging as balancing competing interests and priorities is always difficult and there are a number of things that may
get in the way of an effective Options Appraisal.  However, the key position of the council is that the duty of Best Value - on making best use of public
resources - must always prevail.   
Potential barriers that the Senior Responsible Officer (SRO) and Project Manager need to be aware of include the following: 
• Unclear objectives - The council needs to take the time and be clear about the reasons why services are provided in-house. There may be good
reasons for this; it may be due to the specialist nature of the service, the vulnerability of the client group, the sensitivity of the information processed,
the absence of an alternative provider, or issues of equality and fairness, for example.  It needs to be equally clear which services are open to
alternative forms of service delivery through a rigorous Options Appraisal.  Ensuring clear objectives will ensure the council spends time and public
money pursuing the right approach from the outset and does not waste public money by withdrawing late on in a process. 
• The always been principle - Change is never easy, it can be challenging for officers and Elected Members to radically change the way the council
has provided a service often over a lengthy period of time.  Some may believe that Options Appraisal would be too difficult and fear that the
alternatives seem too radical.  Personal and political sympathies and aspirations may also have an impact on the success of the process.
• Having a short-term perspective - Focusing too much on the here and now, or on the short-term, can mean that the longer-term benefits are not fully
considered.
• Not involving the right people - For any Options Appraisal the right people have to be involved, those with the right skills, knowledge, and
experience.  Everyone involved in an Options Appraisal needs to have clear roles and responsibilities.
• Not considering governance - Governance is about how the council ensures that it is doing the right things, in the right way, for the right people, in a
timely, inclusive, open, honest, and accountable manner.  Ensuring the governance arrangements are clear at the outset of an Options Appraisal will
ensure that the decisions on selecting the preferred options are transparent.  Any decisions arising from an Options Appraisal must be made within the
council’s existing governance arrangements in line with the Scheme of Administration and Scheme of Delegation to Officers.  It is good practice to set
out a clear reporting framework at the start of an Options Appraisal. Regular reporting on progress should be built into the process, so that the
Corporate Management Team and Committees are kept informed in line with their roles and responsibilities.  Reports should be prepared in line with
the council’s approved report template and guidance [ http://connect/report-template ].
• Decisions being made on incomplete evidence - When considering difficult and potentially controversial options, it is important that the decision-
making process is - and is seen to be - robust. The decisions must be open to public scrutiny, although there may be stages in specific options
appraisals where some information needs to be managed carefully in order to respect commercial confidentiality.  Keeping good quality documentation
is vital to demonstrate that decision making is based on sound evidence. 
Options appraisal and project management
Options Appraisal is an important consideration at specific stages in a project life cycle.  Guidance on Options Appraisal, and the identification of the
preferred option, is contained within the economic case section of the Project Business Case within the council’s Project Management Framework (2022). 
This requires due consideration of the economic case to identify the proposals that deliver Best Value to the local community, including wider social and
environment effects.  A prerequisite of the economic case is therefore the demonstration of value for money through a wide range of realistic options being
appraised in terms of how well they meet the spending objectives and critical success factors for a project. 
Page 41 of 174

Page 42

16 
Reviewing the approach 
To ensure the council’s corporate Options Appraisal approach remains fit for purpose in practice, this Framework is on a programme to undergo an annual
review and refresh exercise, and any feedback received will therefore be used to inform this process. 
Therefore after undergoing an Options Appraisal, please e-mail any general feedback (or specific feedback in relation to the following points), to
strategyandperformance@northlan.gov.uk 
• How effective was the Options Appraisal process in delivering the stated objectives?
• Was the Options Appraisal process itself delivered on time and on budget?
• What lessons have been learned that should inform future Options Appraisal exercises? 
Page 42 of 174

Page 43

17 
Appendix A: Self-Evaluation assessment criteria and statements 
The seven Best Value themes and supporting good practice evidence statements from the national Best Value: Revised Statutory Guidance document
(Scottish Government, 2020) provide the framework that forms the basis for the council’s self-evaluation exercises undertaken in line with the Strategic Self-
Evaluation Framework and rolling Review Programme. 
It should be noted however, that no self-evaluation exercise will include all statements; each exercise will comprise a small subset of statements that best
reflects the service, function, project, or group being assessed and their context and operating environment, and that are most appropriate to delivering the
desired outcomes. 
In addition, it may be that national audit and inspection frameworks - or good practice guides and/or checklists - already exist.  Where this is the case, and
these form an appropriate self-evaluation framework for the service, function, project, or group to be reviewed, then the Best Value statements may not be
appropriate to use for certain self-evaluation exercises.  Or in these instances, the Best Value statements may only be applicable to use to fill any gaps.   
BEST VALUE THEME: 1. Vision and leadership 
Effective political and managerial leadership is central to delivering Best Value, through setting clear priorities and working effectively in partnership
to achieve improved outcomes. Leaders should demonstrate behaviours and working relationships that foster a culture of cooperation, and a
commitment to continuous improvement and innovation.
Evidence statements - in achieving Best
Value, a local authority will be able to
demonstrate the following:
This means that:
1.1  Members and senior managers have a
clear vision for their area that is shared
with citizens, key partners, and other
stakeholders.
1.2  Members set strategic priorities that
reflect the needs of communities and
individual citizens, and that are aligned
with the priorities of partners.
1.3  Effective leadership drives continuous
improvement and supports the
achievement of strategic objectives.
a. The local authority’s vision for its area is developed in partnership with its citizens, employees, key partners
and other stakeholders. 
b. Members set strategic priorities that contribute to achieving the local authority’s vision, reflect the needs of
communities and individual citizens, and are aligned with the priorities of partners. They take decisions that
contribute to the achievement of those priorities, in particular when allocating resources and in setting and
monitoring performance targets.
c. The local authority’s vision and strategic priorities are clearly communicated to its citizens, staff and other
partners.
d. Strategic plans reflect a pace and depth of improvement that will lead to the realisation of the local
authority’s priorities and the long-term sustainability of services.
e. Service plans are clearly linked to the local authority’s priorities and strategic plans. They reflect the
priorities identified through community planning and show how the local authority is working with partners to
provide services that meet community needs.
f. Priority outcomes are clearly defined, and performance targets are set that drive continuous improvement in
achieving those outcomes.
g. There are clear and effective mechanisms for scrutinising performance that enable the taking of informed
Page 43 of 174

Page 44

18 
decisions and the measuring of impacts and service outcomes.
h. There is a corporate approach to continuous improvement, with regular updating and monitoring of
improvement plans.
i. The local authority and its partners agree on how the key elements of Best Value will contribute to achieving
the commonly agreed local priorities and outcomes. These key elements include the need to:
• secure continuous improvement, in particular for those services aligned to the local authority’s
priorities
• provide customer- and citizen-focused public services, which meet the needs of diverse
communities
• achieve the best balance of cost and quality in delivering services (having regard to
economy, efficiency, effectiveness, and equalities)
• contribute to sustainable development
• encourage and support innovation and creativity
j. Members and senior managers communicate the approach to Best Value methodically throughout the local
authority in terms that are relevant to its staff and set out clear expectations of them. The local authority has
a positive culture in which its people understand its vision and objectives and how their efforts contribute to
their achievement, and they are engaged with and committed to improvement.
k. Members and senior managers are self-aware. They commit to training and personal development to
update and enhance their knowledge, skills, capacity, and capabilities to deliver Best Value and perform
their leadership roles, and they receive sufficient support to do so.
l. Leadership is effective and there is good collaborative working. Members and senior managers have a
culture of cooperation and working constructively in partnership, informed by a clear understanding of their
respective roles and responsibilities and characterised by mutual respect, trust, honesty and openness and
by appropriate behaviours.
BEST VALUE THEME: 2. Governance and accountability 
Effective governance and accountability arrangements, with openness and transparency in decision-making, schemes of delegation and effective reporting
of performance, are essential for taking informed decisions, effective scrutiny of performance and stewardship of resources.
Evidence statements - in achieving Best
Value, a local authority will be able to
demonstrate the following:
This means that:
2.1  A clear understanding and the application
of the principles of good governance and
transparency of decision-making at
strategic, partnership and operational
levels.
2.2  The existence of robust arrangements for
scrutiny and performance reporting.
a. Members and senior managers ensure accountability and transparency through effective internal and
external performance reporting, using robust data to demonstrate continuous improvement in the local
authority’s priority outcome measures.
b. Management information and indicators that allow performance to be assessed are widely and consistently
used by the local authority. Senior management regularly receives information that is used to inform
members about performance.
c. Performance is reported to the public, to ensure that citizens are well informed about the quality of services
Page 44 of 174

Page 45

19 
2.3  The existence of strategic service delivery
and financial plans that align the
allocation of resources with desired
outcomes for the short, medium, and long
terms.
being delivered and what they can expect in future.
d. Learning from previous performance, and from the performance of other local authorities, informs the review
and development of strategies and plans to address areas of underperformance.
e. Key organisational processes are linked to, or integrated with, the planning cycle; these include strategic
analyses, stakeholder consultations, fundamental reviews, performance management, staff appraisal and
development schemes, and public performance reporting.
f. The local authority has a responsible attitude to managing risk, and business continuity plans (including civil
contingencies and emergency plans) are in place to allow an effective and appropriate response to planned
and unplanned events and circumstances.
g. Key discussions and decision-making take place in public meetings, and reasonable measures are taken to
make meeting agendas, reports and minutes accessible to the public, except when there are clear reasons
why this would be inappropriate.
h. The local authority’s political structures support members in making informed decisions.
i. The scrutiny structures in the local authority support members in reviewing and challenging its performance.
j. Members and senior managers promote the highest standards of integrity and responsibility, establishing
shared values, mutual trust and sound ethics across all activities. Effective procedures are in place to
ensure that members and staff comply with relevant codes of conduct and policies. This includes ensuring
that appropriate policies on fraud prevention, investigation and whistleblowing are established and
implemented.
k. Members and senior managers understand and effectively communicate their respective and collective
roles and responsibilities to members and staff. They understand that effective delegation enables and
supports the local authority’s ability to achieve Best Value.
l. An information governance framework is in place that ensures proper recording of information, appropriate
access to that information including by the public, and legislative compliance.
m. Technological innovation and digital transformation are promoted and used to ensure accessibility of
performance information and public accountability.
n. Members and employees across the local authority understand and implement their responsibilities in
relation to its Standing Orders and Financial Regulations.
o. There are clear governance and lines of accountability when delivering services via a third party, and there
is evidence of the application of the principles within the Following the Public Pound guidance
(https://www.audit-scotland.gov.uk/uploads/docs/um/pg_code_guidance.pdf) when funding is provided to
external bodies.
BEST VALUE THEME: 3. Effective use of resources 
Making the best use of public resources is at the heart of delivering Best Value. With clear plans and strategies in place, and with sound governance and
strong leadership, a local authority will be well placed to ensure that all of its resources are deployed to achieve its strategic priorities, meet the needs of its
communities, and deliver continuous improvement.
Evidence statements - in achieving Best
Value, a local authority will be able to This means that:
Page 45 of 174

Page 46

20 
demonstrate the following:
3.1  It makes best use of its financial and other
resources in all of its activities.
3.2  Decisions on allocating resources are
based on an integrated and strategic
approach, are risk-aware and evidence-
based, and contribute to the achievement
of its strategic priorities.
3.3  It has robust procedures and controls in
place to ensure that resources are used
appropriately and effectively and are not
misused.
3.4  It works with its partners to maximise the
use of their respective resources to
achieve shared priorities and outcomes.
Staff
a. A workforce strategy is in place that sets out expectations on how the local authority’s staff will deliver its
vision, priorities and values.
b. The strategy is translated into workforce plans, covering employee numbers, skills, knowledge,
competencies and organisational structures, that demonstrate how staff will be deployed to deliver the
services planned for the future. Plans are regularly reviewed at appropriate intervals according to a clear
review cycle.
c. All employees are managed effectively and efficiently and know what is expected of them. Employee
performance is regularly assessed through performance appraisal, with individuals and teams being
supported to improve, where appropriate.
d. Members and senior managers understand and demonstrate that effective delegation is an important
contribution to the local authority’s ability to achieve Best Value.
e. The contribution of staff to ensuring continuous improvement is supported, managed, reviewed and
acknowledged.
f. The local authority demonstrates a commitment to fairness, equity and safety in the workplace; it adopts
relevant statutory guidance through progressive workplace policies and a commitment to best practice in
workplace relationships.
g. Leaders ensure that there is the organisational capacity to deliver services through effective use of all
employees and other resources. They communicate well with all staff and stakeholders and ensure that the
organisation promotes a citizen- and improvement-focused culture that delivers meaningful actions and
outcomes.
Asset management
a. There is a corporate approach to asset management that is reflected in asset management strategies and
plans, which are subject to regular review.
b. There is a systematic and evidence-based approach to identifying and managing risks in relation to land,
buildings, plant, equipment, vehicles, materials and digital infrastructure.
c. The local authority actively manages its asset base to contribute to its objectives and priorities.
d. Fixed assets are managed efficiently and effectively, taking account of availability, accessibility, safety,
utilisation, cost, condition and depreciation.
Information
a. Information is regarded as a strategic resource and is managed accordingly.
b. There is a clear digital strategy in place, which includes resilience plans for information systems.
c. Information is shared appropriately, and the local authority seeks to develop data compatibility with its
partners.
Financial management and planning
a. There is clear alignment between the local authority’s budgets and its strategic priorities.
b. Regular monitoring and reporting of financial outturns compared with budgets is carried out, and corrective
action taken where necessary to ensure the alignment of budgets and outturns.
c. Financial plans show how the local authority will fund its services in the future. Long-term financial plans
Page 46 of 174

Page 47

21 
that include scenario planning for a range of funding levels are prepared and linked to strategic priorities.
d. An appropriate range of options is considered when taking decisions, and robust processes of option
appraisal and self-assessment are applied.
e. The local authority has clear plans for how it will change services and realise efficiencies to close future
budget gaps.
f. Members and senior managers have a clear understanding of likely future pressures on services and of
how investment in preventative approaches can help alleviate those pressures, and they use that
understanding to inform decisions.
g. Financial performance is systematically measured across all areas of activity, and regularly scrutinised by
managers and members.
h. There is a robust system of financial controls in place that provides clear accountability, stakeholder
assurance, and compliance with statutory requirements and recognised accounting standards.
i. The local authority complies with legal and best practice requirements in the procurement and strategic
commissioning of goods, services and works, including the Scottish Model of Procurement
(https://www.gov.scot/policies/public-sector-procurement/). There is clear accountability within procurement
and commissioning arrangements.
j. There are clear and effective governance and accountability arrangements in place covering partnerships
between the local authority and its arm’s-length external organisations (ALEOs), including for performance
monitoring and the early identification of any significant financial and service risks; there is evidence of the
application of the principles of ‘Following the Public Pound.’
k. The local authority has a reserves policy that supports its future financial sustainability, and its reserves are
held in accordance with that policy.
Performance management
a. Effective performance management arrangements are in place to promote the effective use of the local
authority’s resources. Performance is systematically measured across all areas of activity, and performance
reports are regularly scrutinised by managers and elected members. The performance management system
is effective in addressing areas of underperformance, identifying the scope for improvement and agreeing
remedial action.
b. There is a corporate approach to identifying, monitoring and reporting on improvement actions that will lead
to continuous improvement in priority areas. Improvement actions are clearly articulated and include
identifying responsible officers and target timelines.
c. The local authority uses self-evaluation to identify areas for improvement. This includes the use of
comparative analyses to benchmark, monitor and improve performance.
d. The local authority takes an innovative approach when considering how services will be delivered in the
future. It looks at the activities of other organisations, beyond its area, to consider new ways of doing things.
A full range of options is considered, and self-assessment activity and options appraisal can be
demonstrated to be rigorous and transparent.
e. Evaluation tools are in place to link inputs, activities and outputs to the outcomes that they are designed to
achieve. There is evidence to demonstrate that improvement actions lead to continuous improvement and
better outcomes in priority service areas.
f. The local authority seeks and takes account of feedback from citizens and service users on performance
Page 47 of 174

Page 48

22 
when developing improvement plans.
g. Improvement plans reflect a pace and depth of improvement that will lead to the realisation of the local
authority’s priorities and the long-term sustainability of services.
h. Performance information reporting to stakeholders is regular and gives a balanced view of the local
authority’s performance, linked to its priority service areas. The information provided is relevant to its
audience, and clearly demonstrates whether or not strategic and operational objectives and targets are
being met.
i. The local authority demonstrates a trend of improvement over time in delivering its strategic priorities.
BEST VALUE THEME: 4. Partnerships and collaborative working 
The public service landscape in Scotland requires local authorities to work in partnership with a wide range of national, regional and local agencies and
interests across the public, third and private sectors.
A local authority should be able to demonstrate how it, in partnership with all relevant stakeholders, provides effective leadership to meet local needs and
deliver desired outcomes. It should demonstrate commitment to and understanding of the benefits gained by effective collaborative working and how this
facilitates the achievement of strategic objectives.
Within joint working arrangements, Best Value cannot be measured solely on the performance of a single organisation in isolation from its partners. A local
authority will be able to demonstrate how its partnership arrangements lead to the achievement of Best Value.
Evidence statements - in achieving Best
Value, a local authority will be able to
demonstrate the following:
This means that:
4.1  Members and senior managers have
established and developed a culture that
encourages collaborative working and
service provision that will contribute to
better and customer-focused outcomes.
4.2  Effective governance arrangements for
Community Planning Partnerships and
other partnerships and collaborative
arrangements are in place, including
structures with clear lines of responsibility
and accountability, clear roles and
responsibilities, and agreement around
targets and milestones.
a. Members and senior managers actively encourage opportunities for formal and informal joint/integrated
working, joint use of resources and joint funding arrangements, where these will offer scope for service
improvement and better outcomes.
b. The local authority is committed to working with partner organisations to ensure a coordinated approach to
meeting the needs of its stakeholders and communities. This includes:
• scenario planning with partners to identify opportunities to achieve Best Value
• collaborative leadership to identify Best Value partnership solutions to achieve better outcomes
for local people
• proactively identifying opportunities to invest in and commit to shared services
• integrated management of resources where appropriate
• effective monitoring of collective performance, including self-assessment and reviews of the
partnership strategy, to ensure the achievement of objectives
• developing a joint understanding of all place-based capital and revenue expenditure
c. Members and senior managers identify and address any impediments that inhibit collaborative working. The
local authority and its partners develop a shared approach to evaluating the effectiveness of collaborative
and integrated working.
d. In undertaking its community planning duties the local authority works constructively with partners to agree
a joint vision for the Community Planning Partnership and integrates shared priorities and objectives into its
Page 48 of 174

Page 49

23 
planning, performance management and public reporting mechanisms. Service plans clearly reflect the
priorities identified through community planning and show how the local authority is working with partners to
provide services that meet stakeholder and community needs.
BEST VALUE THEME: 5. Working with communities
Local authorities, both individually and with their community planning partners, have a responsibility to ensure that people and communities are able to be
fully involved in the decisions that affect their everyday lives. Community bodies - as defined in the Community Empowerment Act 2015 (section 4(9)) -
must be at the heart of decision- making processes that agree strategic priorities and direction.
Evidence statements - in achieving Best
Value, a local authority will be able to
demonstrate the following:
This means that:
5.1 Early and meaningful engagement and
effective collaboration with communities
to identify and understand local needs,
and in decisions that affect the planning
and delivery of services.
5.2  A commitment to reducing inequalities
and empowering communities to effect
change and deliver better local outcomes.
5.3 That engagement with communities has
influenced strategic planning processes,
the setting of priorities and the
development of locality plans.
a. Members and senior managers ensure that meaningful consultation and engagement in relation to
strategic planning take place at an early stage and that the process of consultation and engagement
is open, fair, and inclusive.
b. Members and senior managers are proactive in identifying the needs of communities, citizens,
customers, staff, and other stakeholders; plans, priorities and actions are demonstrably informed
by an understanding of those needs.
c. Communities are involved in making decisions about local services and are empowered to
identify and help deliver the services that they need. Suitable techniques are in place to gather
the views of citizens, and to assess and measure change in communities as a result of service
interventions.
d. Active steps are taken to encourage the participation of hard-to-reach communities.
e. The local authority and its Community Planning Partnership work effectively with communities to
improve outcomes and address inequalities.
f. A locality-based approach to community planning has a positive impact on service delivery within
communities and demonstrates the capacity for change and for reducing inequality in local
communities by focusing on early intervention and prevention.
g. Members and senior managers work effectively with partners and stakeholders to identify a clear set
of priorities that respond to the needs of communities in both the short and the longer term. The local
authority and its partners are organised to deliver on those priorities, and clearly demonstrate that
their approach ensures that the needs of their communities are being met.
h. The local authority engages effectively with customers and communities by offering a range of
communication channels, including innovative digital solutions and social media.
i. The local authority plays an active role in civic life and supports community leadership.
BEST VALUE THEME: 6. Sustainability
Sustainable development is one of the two cross-cutting themes that a Best Value local authority should fully embrace across all of its activities.
Sustainable development is commonly defined as securing a balance of social, economic, and environmental wellbeing in the impact of activities and
Page 49 of 174

Page 50

24 
decisions and seeking to meet the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs. The United
Nations Sustainable Development Goals (https://www.un.org/sustainabledevelopment/sustainable-development-goals/) provide a fuller definition and set
out an internationally agreed performance framework for their achievement.
Sustainable development is a fundamental part of Best Value. It should be reflected in a local authority’s vision and strategic priorities, highlighted in all
plans at corporate and service level, and a guiding principle for all of its activities. Every aspect of activity in a local authority, from planning to delivery and
review, should contribute to achieving sustainable development.
Evidence statements - in achieving Best
Value, a local authority will be able to
demonstrate the following:
This means that:
6.1  Sustainable development is reflected in its
vision and strategic priorities.
6.2  Sustainable development considerations
are embedded in its governance
arrangements.
6.3  Resources are planned and used in a way
that contributes to sustainable
development.
6.4  Sustainable development is effectively
promoted through partnership working.
a. Leaders create a culture throughout the local authority that focuses on sustainable development, with clear
accountability for its delivery across the leadership and management team.
b. There is a clear framework in place that facilitates the integration of sustainable development into all of the
local authority’s policies, financial plans, decision- making, services and activities through strategic-,
corporate- and service-level action. In doing so, the local authority will be able to demonstrate that it is
making a strategic and operational contribution to sustainable development.
c. The local authority has set out clear guiding principles that demonstrate its, and its partners’, commitment to
sustainable development.
d. There is a broad range of qualitative and quantitative measures and indicators in place to demonstrate the
impact of sustainable development in relation to key economic, social, and environmental issues.
e. Performance in relation to sustainable development is evaluated, publicly reported and scrutinised.
BEST VALUE THEME: 7. Fairness and equality
Fairness and equality is one of the two cross-cutting themes that a Best Value local authority should fully embrace across all of its activities.
Tackling poverty, reducing inequality, and promoting fairness, respect and dignity for all citizens should be key priorities for local authorities and all of their
partners, including local communities.
Evidence statements - in achieving Best
Value, a local authority will be able to
demonstrate the following:
This means that:
7.1  That equality and equity considerations lie
at the heart of strategic planning and
service delivery.
7.2  A commitment to tackling discrimination,
advancing equality of opportunity, and
promoting good relations both within its
own organisation and the wider
community.
a. The local authority demonstrates compliance with all statutory duties in relation to equalities and human
rights.
b. The local authority is taking active steps to tackle inequalities and promote fairness across the organisation
and its wider partnerships, including work and living conditions, education, and community participation.
c. The local authority and its partners have an agreed action plan aimed at tackling inequality, poverty and
addressing fairness issues identified in local communities.
d. The local authority engages in open, fair, and inclusive dialogue to ensure that information on services and
performance is accessible to all, and that every effort has been made to reach hard-to-reach groups and
Page 50 of 174

Page 51

25 
7.3  That equality, diversity and human rights
are embedded in its vision and strategic
direction and throughout all of its work,
including its collaborative and integrated
community planning and other partnership
arrangements.
7.4  A culture that encourages equal
opportunities and is working towards the
elimination of discrimination.
individuals.
e. The local authority ensures that all employees are engaged in its commitment to equality and fairness
outcomes, and that its contribution to the achievement of equality outcomes is reflected throughout its
corporate processes.
f. The local authority engages with and involves equality groups to improve and inform the development of
relevant policies and practices and takes account of socio-economic disadvantage when making strategic
decisions.
g. The equality impact of policies and practices delivered through partnerships is always considered. Equality
impact information and data is analysed when planning the delivery of services and measuring
performance.
h. The local authority’s approach to securing continuous improvement in delivering on fairness and equality
priorities and actions is regularly scrutinised and well evidenced. 
Page 51 of 174

Page 52

26 
Appendix B:  Self-Evaluation rolling Review Programme 
The following table sets out the Review Programme of self-evaluation exercises to be undertaken from 2022 to 2023 along with indicative timescales. 
It should be noted that the Strategic Self-Evaluation Framework is designed to be strategic but lite touch, and consistent but flexible enough to ensure that
self-evaluation exercises are specifically tailored to the service, function, project, or group being evaluated and designed within the context of that operating
environment.   
For this reason a more detailed evaluation specification will be developed for each exercise following the scoping and preparation work undertaken by the
Corporate Management Team Champion and Lead Facilitator(s). 
Function or activity
being evaluated Focus of the assessment Champion Cycle 4
2022
Cycle 1
2023
Cycle 2
2023
Cycle 3
2023
Cycle 4
2023
Service arrangements Risk management arrangements for all
aspects of digital and technology Head of Business and Digital ✓    
Corporate cross council
arrangements Best value follow up Head of People and
Organisational Development  ✓   
Strategic / Partnership /
community groups
Community Boards / Strategic
Leadership Board Head of Audit and Risk  ✓   
Corporate cross council
arrangements
Project Boards (follow on from the 2022
refresh of the Project Management
Framework)
Head of Planning and
Regeneration   ✓   
Page 52 of 174

Page 53

27 
Appendix C:  Options Appraisal process 
It is expected that Options Appraisal exercises carried out by the council follow the same broad steps, as outlined in Figure 5. on page 14 (unless there are
specific industry standards that require an alternative method to be followed or there are tried and tested methods and processes already in place).   
However please note the following caveat:
1. It is expected that the size, nature, and complexity of each individual Options Appraisal exercise will influence the size and scale of the
Options Appraisal process to be used.  
2. It is not considered good use of limited resources to spend time and money on options appraisals for decisions which are straightforward
and of minimal impact on service provision, or the council’s finances.  
3. Decisions in terms of the extent to which the approach set out in Appendices C and D is used (i.e. a basic or enhanced approach) will
therefore need to be made in a sensible and proportionate way. 
The broad steps outlined in Figure 5. on page 14 are set out in more detail in the following pages (28 to 35).  These pages set out the enhanced approach,
so don’t forget to take into consideration the above caveat and ensure any Options Appraisal that needs to be carried out is progressed in a sensible and
proportionate way. 
Page 53 of 174

Page 54

28 
Page 54 of 174

Page 55

29 
Page 55 of 174

Page 56

30 
Page 56 of 174

Page 57

31 
Page 57 of 174

Page 58

32 
Appendix D:  Options Appraisal templates 
Template for the contextual information brief 
Page 58 of 174

Page 59

33 
Template for the SWOT analysis 
Page 59 of 174

Page 60

34 
Template for scoring the options 
Page 60 of 174

Page 61

35 
Template for the assessment of risks 
Please note that the approach in place across the council to assessing risk in the Corporate Risk Register, Service Risk Registers, and Project
Risk Registers (in line with the Risk Management Strategy) uses scores of 1 = low risk, and 5 = high risk.   
For the purposes of Options Appraisal these scores / ratings are reversed (i.e. 1 = high risk and 5 = low risk); this is required in order to align the
risks scores / ratings accordingly to the scores applied in the other appraisal criteria (i.e. where a higher overall score represents the preferred
option). 
A template is available to carry out the final analysis which brings together all the scores and weightings.  This will show the option with the highest score
which represents the strongest fit with the appraisal criteria.
Page 61 of 174

Page 62

Page 62 of 174

Page 63

North Lanarkshire Council
Report
Audit and Scrutiny Panel 
Does this report require to be approved? ☐ Yes   ☒ No
Ref KA/ASP/Nov22 Date 24/11/22
Audit and risk-related items: Action log
From:  Ken Adamson, Head of Audit and Risk
Email:  adamsonk@northlan.gov.uk Telephone: 07939 280602
Executive Summary
The purpose of this report is to allow elected members to track implementation of requests and
recommendations made by the Panel in respect of audit and risk-related items in the previous 18
months.
The attached log (at Appendix 1) records those audit and risk-related requests and
recommendations made by the Panel and when these were addressed and/or are expected to be
addressed. 
Recommendations
The Panel is invited to note the report. 
The Plan for North Lanarkshire: 
Priority:   All priorities
Ambition statement All ambition statements   
Ken Adamson, Head of Audit and Risk 
AGENDA ITEM 4
Page 63 of 174

Page 64

Appendix 1 Audit and risk related items: Action log
Meeting Requests or agreed action Status
September
2022
Internal Audit to provide specific assurance
that management actions proposed in
response to Business Continuity Planning are
progressed in line with agreed timescales.
Outstanding - timescales for agreed actions
are not yet due and will be reported on, as they
fall due, in line with Internal Audit’s
arrangements for reporting on follow-up.
September
2022
Updates on the management of key
corporate risks to be provided to the Panel in
accordance with agreed timetable included at
Appendix 3 of Risk Management update
report.
Partially complete – two of the three planned
reports (Supply chain and Governance,
leadership and decision-making) are included in
the papers for the November meeting.  Work on
the third planned report (Resources aligned with
future target operating model) is underway but
not yet complete and will be reported at a later
date.
June 2022
Internal Audit to provide an update on
whether management actions proposed in
response to Internal Audit investigation into
overtime issues within Waste and Fleet have
been implemented and adequately
addressed the weaknesses/identified areas
for improvement.
Outstanding – necessary work is currently
being scoped/planned and will be reported on
as soon as possible after completion.
June 2022
Internal Audit follow-up reports to seek to
provide greater clarity on extent of progress
on actions where due timescales are around
date of report preparation and/or around or
immediately prior to Panel meetings
Complete - the approach to preparing and
finalising relevant reports has been amended to
ensure that appropriate current information is
available and presented to the Panel wherever
possible.
Standing
item
Implementation by management of actions
agreed in response to External Audit's
recommendations (Annual Report) be
monitored through reports from Internal Audit.
Complete – This is addressed through the
Follow-up of Internal and External Audit
recommendations report included as a separate
agenda item for this meeting.
Internal Audit provide a report to future
meetings of the Panel on progress made in
implementing agreed management actions in
relation to all Internal Audit recommendations
categorised as “red” or “amber”.
Complete – This is addressed through the
Follow-up of Internal and External Audit
recommendations report included as a separate
agenda item for this meeting. 
Page 64 of 174

Page 65

North Lanarkshire Council
Report
Audit and Scrutiny Panel 
Does this report require to be approved? ☐ Yes   ☒ No
☐approval ☒noting Ref KA/ASP/Nov22 Date 24/11/22 
Internal Audit progress report 
From:  Ken Adamson, Head of Audit and Risk
E-mail: adamsonk@northlan.gov.uk Telephone 07939 280602 
Executive Summary
The purpose of this report is to provide an overview of Internal Audit activity and to report the
results of Internal Audit outputs finalised since the last update to the Panel in September
2022.
A number of Internal Audit reports completed in the period provided only limited assurance
and this report highlights these reports and the most significant issues arising from other
completed audit work as well as providing updates on other aspects of the work of Internal
Audit.
Appendix 1 provides a summary of the scope and key findings of each substantive planned
audit report and relevant investigative outputs.  In line with best professional practice and the
Internal Audit Charter and associated reporting protocol, full copies of the relevant audit
outputs highlighted in this report are also included in the meeting papers.
Recommendations
The Panel is invited to:
(a) note the findings, conclusions and recommendations of completed Internal Audit reports
together with the associated management responses;
(b) consider whether there are any issues raised by Internal Audit which the Panel consider
are sufficiently significant to require a further report from management to be submitted
to a future meeting of the Panel;
(c) request that Internal Audit provide a report to future meetings of the Panel reporting
progress made by management implementing agreed management actions in relation
to all audit recommendations categorised as ‘High’ or ‘Medium’; and
(d) otherwise note this report.
The Plan for North Lanarkshire
Priority  All priorities
Ambition statement All ambition statements
AGENDA ITEM 5
Page 65 of 174

Page 66

1. Background
1.1 The 2022-23 Annual Plan was approved by the Audit and Scrutiny Panel in September
2022.  The Internal Audit Charter, most recently approved by the Panel in September
2021, requires that the results of Internal Audit’s work are periodically reported to CMT
and the Panel.  This report fulfils that expectation. 
2. Report
Audit reviews completed in the period
2.1 Table 1 below provides an overview of completed Internal Audit reports since the last
update to the Panel in September.  Work is currently underway on other assignments
included in the 2022-23 Plan and this work will be reported to the Panel as it is completed.
Table 1: Completed Internal Audit outputs in the period
Subject Internal Audit Opinion
1. Housing Benefit and Council Tax Reduction Substantial assurance
(Green)
2. Performance management Limited assurance
(Amber-Red)
3. Income and cash collection: Cash offices Substantial assurance
(Green)
4. Sundry debtors/Debt management Limited assurance
(Amber-Red)
5. Equalities Reasonable assurance
(Green-Amber)
2.2 In addition to the above reports, work is currently underway on a range of topics including
Cyber-security, Supply Teachers, Contract management arrangements, Education
quality assurance, Creditors and Housing allocations.   Once finalised, these reports will
be submitted to a future meeting of the Panel.
2.3 Appendix 1 provides a summary of those reports forming part of the annual programme
of planned assurance work and investigation reports as required by the Internal Audit
Charter and associated reporting protocol.
2.4 Appendix 2 contains detailed definitions of the categories used by Internal Audit when
making recommendations, providing an audit opinion and on the extent of assurance
which is being provided to management and Panel members on those systems or areas
of Council operations examined by Internal Audit.
2.5 This report excludes audit outputs produced for the North Lanarkshire IJB which are
reported directly to its senior management team and audit committee.
Commentary on completed planned ‘core’ Internal Audit work
2.6 The nature of Internal Audit exercises means that most audit reviews invariably find some
scope for improvement, usually in the form of controls which are weak or only partially
effective and, therefore, contain recommendations.    
Page 66 of 174

Page 67

2.7 Two of the five reports finalised in the period were assessed as providing only limited
assurance, while three of the reports finalised in this period provided more positive levels
of assurance.  All five reports contain a range of improvement actions and made a series
of recommendations.
2.8 Our work on Housing Benefit and Council Tax Reduction focused on the adequacy
and effectiveness of the Council’s controls and management arrangements associated
with ensuring that it continues to comply with relevant legislation and DWP requirements
in respect of the processing and administration of Housing Benefit and Council Tax
Reduction applications/claims and notification of changes in circumstances.
2.9 Based on results of our work, we have categorised this audit as providing ‘substantial
assurance’.  We are satisfied that the governance, risk management and controls in place
are adequate and appear robust, with the Council’s arrangements for processing claims
substantively complying with DWP requirements, being supported by adequate and
appropriate documentation and being correctly assessed and calculated.  We were also
pleased to note that management checks are being undertaken regularly to provide
assurance on the quality and compliance of decision making and that regular
reconciliations between the housing benefit system and financial ledger are being
undertaken.  Management has responded positively to the recommendations contained
within the report.
2.10 Our work on Performance management was designed to provide assurance on the
adequacy and effectiveness of the Council’s approach to performance management, with
a focus on the adequacy, robustness and effectiveness of the Council’s Strategic
Performance Framework (SPF) and its implementation.
2.11 Our review of the SPF has led us to conclude that the framework substantially complies
with recognised good practice and when fully implemented, would facilitate effective
oversight, monitoring and review of performance.  We are generally satisfied that the SPF
comprises a range of relevant performance indicators which are aligned with the
Council’s priorities, ambition statements and programme of work items and should enable
an assessment of the quality, efficiency and effectiveness of the Council’s day-to-day
operations.
2.12 The report also notes, however, that that although progress has been made in all aspects
of the SPF, many remain a work in progress having been significantly impacted over the
last two years due to the need for Services to respond to, and re-prioritise resources, as
a result of the Covid-19 pandemic.  This includes full implementation of the expected
corporate arrangements for monitoring and recording key strategic and operational
performance measures by Services, the effective, timely and regular reporting of
performance to the Corporate Management Team and Service Committees and the
integration of the framework into the Council’s wider governance arrangements.
2.13 We have therefore categorised this audit as offering ‘Limited Assurance’.  We consider
that there is considerable scope for improvement in the Council’s performance
management arrangements and we have raised several recommendations for
management consideration.  These include the need to fully implement and integrate the
SPF into the Council’s wider governance arrangements to provide more effective
oversight of performance and the need to better align indicators contained within the SPF
to the Council’s ambitions.  We have also commented on the need for Services to make
better use of performance information to ensure relevant and timely reporting to their
senior management teams and associated Committees to allow for appropriate scrutiny
and challenge and to inform decision making.  Management has responded positively to
the recommendations contained within the report.  
Page 67 of 174

Page 68

2.14 Our report on Income and cash collection: Cash offices is the first of two reports
focused on the adequacy and effectiveness of the Council’s management arrangements
and key controls in relation to income and cash collection activities. The review focused
on First Stop Shops/cash offices and examined whether all cash/income received by the
Council is properly recorded in the Council’s financial systems and is regularly reconciled
to amounts recorded within the cash receipting system.  We also assessed whether all
cash/income is held securely and banked timeously and whether there are appropriate
security arrangements in place within the cash offices to prevent/discourage thefts and
to address the safety and security of staff. A further report in respect of similar controls
at leisure sites will be issued at a later date.
2.15 Based on the results of our work, we have categorised this audit as offering ‘substantial
assurance’ meaning we consider that the control environment is adequate and has
operated substantially as intended, with any control issues or weaknesses identified
presenting only a low risk to the control environment.  We were pleased to note that all
cash/income received by the Council is being properly recorded in the Council’s financial
systems and is being regularly reconciled to amounts recorded within the cash receipting
system.  We also noted that all cash/income is held securely and banked timeously and
there are appropriate security arrangements in place within the cash offices to
prevent/discourage thefts and to address the safety and security of staff.  There were
only a small number of areas identified where scope for further improvement exists and
management has responded positively to the recommendations contained within the
report.
2.16 The purpose of our work on Sundry Debt/Debt management was to provide
independent assurance that the Council has adequate, robust and effective management
arrangements in place for ensuring that the management of debtors is appropriately and
effectively controlled.  In particular, we considered whether adequate written policies and
associated guidance covering income/debt recovery/collection and write-off procedures
exist; whether debt management arrangements are operating effectively in line with
relevant written policies and guidance and appear efficient and cost-effective; whether all
credit notes and debt write-offs are appropriately authorised; and whether adequate and
timely management information is generated in respect of debt and debt recovery to
provide a sound basis for the monitoring of performance and associated decision making.
2.17 Members should note that the audit did not consider and/or review the arrangements in
respect of debtors/debts associated with Housing Rents, Council Tax or Non-Domestic
Rates as these are subject to separate and specific arrangements and are routinely
covered by separate audit assignments.
2.18 Based on the results of our work during this review, we are satisfied that Services are
generally proactive in seeking to minimise debts wherever possible by requiring payment
for goods and services in advance and that generally, effective controls exist in relation
to raising invoices and the debt write-off process.  However, we have categorised this
audit as offering ‘limited assurance’ as we consider that although some aspects of the
control environment are adequate and operating effectively, there are significant
deficiencies in a number of areas.
2.19 Areas of weakness include inadequate procedures/guidance notes, credit notes lacking
sufficient detail as to why they are required and limited performance information and
performance monitoring.  In addition, there has been little action taken to address many
of the recommendations previously raised by Internal Audit.  Indeed, in some areas, (such
as those relating to the passing of outstanding debts for legal action) controls have
deteriorated further since we last reviewed this area.  
Page 68 of 174

Page 69

2.20 Overall, we consider there is an urgent need to strengthen the robustness and
effectiveness of many aspects of the debt recovery control framework and consequently,
we have recommended that management formally review all aspects of the Council’s
debt management framework, including relevant policy, procedures and detailed
operational arrangements with a view to improving the efficiency, timeliness,
effectiveness and equity of the Council’s current approach to debt management. 
Management has responded positively to the recommendations contained within the
report, although they consider the ‘limited assurance’ opinion as unwarranted given
performance in this area.
2.21 Our work on Equalities was designed to provide assurance on the adequacy and
effectiveness of the key controls and management arrangements associated with
ensuring that the Council complies with its statutory general and specific equalities
responsibilities as laid down in the Equalities Act 2010 (‘the Act’) and Equality Act 2010
(Specific Duties) (Scotland) Amendment Regulations 2016.
2.22 The Council has a statutory duty under the Act and Public Sector Equality Duty (PSED)
to mainstream its equalities activities into its day-to-day functions (its ‘general equality
duty’).  In accordance with this duty, the Council has developed an Equality Strategy
2019-2024, which clearly sets out its commitment to mainstreaming equality and human
rights through five working objectives for success, together with identified actions.
2.23 The strategy was approved by Policy & Strategy Committee in September 2019 and is
closely aligned with the Plan for North Lanarkshire, the associated Programme of Work
and various key corporate strategies.  In addition, the Council has committed to build
equalities into its key decision-making processes, where appropriate, through its
expectations that decisions are informed by the use of Equality Impact Assessments
(EQIAs), the results of which require to be included in all committee reports and published
on the Council’s website.
2.24 Based on the results of our work, we have assessed the audit as providing ‘reasonable
assurance’ as we consider that the Council generally has appropriate arrangements in
place to demonstrate consideration of the PSED in mainstreaming equalities into its day-
to-day functions, that there are robust processes in place for ensuring that the equalities
outcomes have been set and monitored in accordance with expected timescales and that
key equalities reports have been published in accordance with the Council’s specific
equality duties.
2.25 However we did identify a number of issues where we consider that there is a need to
significantly improve current arrangements.  These included that current governance
arrangements for equalities need reviewed and improved to ensure that they remain fit
for purpose.  We also concluded that significant improvements are needed to ensure
consistent and appropriate use is made of Equality Impact Assessments (EQIAs) and
that improvements are needed to the equalities performance monitoring framework,
including ensuring that comprehensive and robust information is regularly and timeously
reported to key stakeholders.  Management has responded positively to the
recommendations contained within the report.
2.26 There are no other issues arising from core Internal Audit work which I consider
sufficiently significant to highlight to the Panel.  Future follow-up reports will provide the
Panel with information on the implementation, or otherwise, of all actions proposed by
management in response to audit recommendations categorised as ‘High’ or ‘Medium’.
2.27 There are no completed fraud/irregularity investigations or other matters arising from
areas of unplanned or ‘non-core’ work undertaken by Internal Audit in the period that I
require to bring to your attention in accordance with the Internal Audit reporting protocol.  
Page 69 of 174

Page 70

Other Matters – Internal Audit Performance
2.28 In March 2021, the Panel were presented with a revised performance management
framework for Internal Audit that was to be implemented from April 2021 for the 2021-22
audit plan (at Appendix 3).  The majority of indicators are reported on an annual basis. 
There are two indicators however that are subject to quarterly reporting.  The first is about
the implementation of agreed actions arising from Internal Audit reports by the
implementation date.  63% of agreed actions have been implemented by the agreed
implementation date in the period July to September 2022.  Progress in implementing
agreed actions is monitored and reported separately to the Panel each cycle.
2.29 The second performance indicator is about client satisfaction and reflects the results of
four key questions we ask audit clients at the conclusion of each audit assignment. 
Results presented to the September meeting of the Panel showed generally positive
feedback on the work of Internal Audit with most respondents agreeing that Internal Audit
added value by assisting in providing assurance, and that reports were relevant and
constructive with findings clearly and accurately communicated.  As only a small number
of responses have been received in this period, no information is included in this report
and this data will be carried forward and reported in more detail in the next update.
2.30 Where management raise concerns over Internal Audit’s work, these matters are
discussed with relevant senior management to fully understand the nature of any
concerns and, where it is considered appropriate, to identify areas for improvement.  We
also seek Services’ views on what they liked or disliked about the audit process and
comments received are used to inform future action plans for improving the service
provided by Internal Audit.  
3. Measures of success
3.1 Internal Audit reports annually on its performance to the Panel and is also subject to
review annually by the Council’s appointed external auditors. 
4. Supporting documentation
Appendix 1 Summary of Internal Audit assignments completed in the period
Appendix 2 Audit gradings
Appendix 3 Internal Audit performance framework 
Ken Adamson, Head of Audit and Risk 
Page 70 of 174

Page 71

5. Impacts ( http://connect/report-template-guidance ) 
5.1 Public Sector Equality Duty and Fairer Scotland Duty
Does the report contain information that has an impact as a result of the Public
Sector Equality Duty and/or Fairer Scotland Duty?
Yes ☐ No ☒
5.2 Financial impact
Does the report contain any financial impacts?
Yes ☐ No ☒
5.3 HR policy impact 
Does the report contain any HR policy or procedure impacts?
Yes ☐ No ☒
5.4 Legal impact
Does the report contain any legal impacts (such as general legal matters, statutory
considerations (including employment law considerations), or new legislation)?
Yes ☐ No ☒
5.5 Data protection impact 
Does the report / project / practice contain or involve the processing of personal data? 
Yes ☐ No ☒
5.6 Technology / Digital impact
Does the report contain information that has an impact on either technology, digital
transformation, service redesign / business change processes, data management, or
connectivity / broadband / Wi-Fi?
Yes ☐ No ☒
5.7 Environmental / Carbon impact
Does the report / project / practice contain information that has an impact on any
environmental or carbon matters?
Yes ☐ No ☒
5.8 Communications impact
Does the report contain any information that has an impact on the council’s
communications activities?
Yes ☐ No ☒
5.9 Risk impact
Is there a risk impact?
Yes ☒ No ☐
If yes, please provide a brief summary of the key risks and potential impacts,
highlighting where the risk(s) are assessed and recorded (e.g. Corporate or Service
or Project Risk Registers), and how they are managed?
Effective responses by management to the weaknesses, control issues and/or areas of
improvement identified by Internal Audit will increase the likelihood of the Council achieving
its ambitions and plans by improving control frameworks and more effectively
mitigating potential threats to planned outcomes. 
Page 71 of 174

Page 72

Appendix 1
Summary of Internal Audit assignments completed in the period
Internal Audit outputs: Audit opinion and commentary
1. Housing Benefit and Council Tax Reduction
Internal Audit Opinion:  Substantial assurance (Green)
Audit recommendations: High 0 Medium 0 Low 3 
The purpose of this audit was to provide assurance on the adequacy and effectiveness of the
Council’s key controls and management arrangements associated with ensuring that it
continues to comply with relevant legislation and DWP requirements in respect of the
processing and administration of Housing Benefit and Council Tax Reduction
applications/claims and notification of changes in circumstances.
Universal Credit (which is administered by the Department of Work and Pensions (DWP))
continues to replace Housing Benefit with many claimants now in receipt of the former which
has resulted in a gradual decline in caseload of the latter.  However, the Council is still
responsible for administering Housing Benefit and Council Tax Reduction claims for eligible
claimants.
Based on results of our work, we have categorised this audit as providing ‘substantial
assurance’.  We are satisfied that the governance, risk management and controls in place
are adequate and appear robust, with the Council’s arrangements for processing claims
substantively complying with DWP requirements, being supported by adequate and
appropriate documentation and being correctly assessed and calculated.  We were also
pleased to note that management checks are being undertaken regularly to provide
assurance on the quality and compliance of decision making and that regular reconciliations
between the housing benefit system and financial ledger are being undertaken.  We have
identified a small number of areas where we consider that there is scope for improvement,
and these are detailed in Section 3 of the report.
Satisfactory management responses have been received in response to the
recommendations contained within the report. 
Page 72 of 174

Page 73

Appendix 1 (continued)
Summary of Internal Audit assignments completed in the period
Internal Audit outputs: Audit opinion and commentary
2. Performance management
Internal Audit Opinion:  Limited assurance (Amber-Red)
Audit recommendations: High 1 Medium 3 Low 1
The purpose of this audit was to provide independent assurance on the adequacy and
effectiveness of the Council’s approach to performance management, with a focus on the
adequacy, robustness and effectiveness of the Council’s Strategic Performance Framework
(SPF) and its implementation.
In September 2019, the Council approved a SPF which set out a framework for performance
measurement at three levels.  The SPF was designed to provide an overview of performance
to help understand the impact of council activities on improving services and outcomes for the
people of North Lanarkshire and to allow day-to-day activities and long-term progress against
the long-term vision set out in The Plan for North Lanarkshire (The Plan) to be regularly
monitored, reported, assessed and scrutinised. Subsequent reports have been presented to
the Panel detailing performance reporting arrangements and schedules and further planned
work to assess the effectiveness of the SPF. Business and Digital are responsible for the
development, review and oversight of the framework, with Services responsible for the
implementation and delivery of the framework through the measurement, monitoring and
reporting of the level 2 and 3 performance indicators contained in the SPF.
Our review of the SPF has led us to conclude that the framework, developed by Business and
Digital, substantially complies with recognised good practice and when fully implemented,
would facilitate effective oversight, monitoring and review of performance.  We are generally
satisfied that the SPF comprises a range of relevant performance indicators which are aligned
with the Council’s priorities, ambition statements and programme of work (PoW) items and
should enable an assessment of the quality, efficiency and effectiveness of the Council’s day-
to-day operations.  Although progress has been made in all aspects of the SPF, many remain
work in progress as full implementation of the expected corporate arrangements for monitoring
and recording key strategic and operational performance measures by Services; the effective,
timely and regular reporting of performance to the Corporate Management Team and Service
Committees; and the integration of the framework into the Council’s governance arrangements,
has been significantly impacted over the last two years due to the need for Services to respond
to, and re-prioritise resources, as a result of the Covid-19 pandemic. Consequently, there is
also little evidence of effective scrutiny of performance information and/or it being used to guide
decision making.
We have therefore categorised this audit as offering ‘Limited Assurance’. We consider that
there is considerable scope for improvement in the Council’s performance management
arrangements and we have raised several recommendations for management consideration.
These are detailed in section 3 of the audit report and include:
• The SPF needs to be fully implemented and integrated into the Council’s wider governance
arrangements to provide more effective oversight of performance;
• Indicators contained within the SPF need to be better aligned to the Council’s ambitions
and PoW;
• Services need to make better use of performance information to ensure relevant and timely
reporting to their senior management teams and associated Committees to allow for
appropriate scrutiny and challenge and to inform decision making; and
• Improvements are needed to the quality of performance indicator data.
Satisfactory management responses have been received in response to the recommendations
contained within the report.  
Page 73 of 174

Page 74

Appendix 1 (continued)
Summary of Internal Audit assignments completed in the period
Internal Audit outputs: Audit opinion and commentary
3. Income and cash collection – cash offices
Internal Audit Opinion:  Substantial assurance (Green)
Audit recommendations: High 0 Medium 1 Low 3
The purpose of the audit was to provide independent assurance on the adequacy and
effectiveness of the Council’s management arrangements and key controls in relation to income
and cash collection activities.  The review focused on whether all cash/income received by the
Council is properly recorded in the Council’s financial systems and is regularly reconciled to
amounts recorded within the cash receipting system.  We also assessed whether all
cash/income is held securely and banked timeously and whether there are appropriate security
arrangements in place within the cash offices to prevent/discourage thefts and to address the
safety and security of staff.
The review comprises two separate exercises – one focused on cash offices and another on
leisure sites.  The report relates to the review undertaken in respect of cash offices.  A further
separate report in respect of leisure sites will be issued at a later date.
Based on the results of our work, we have categorised this audit as offering ‘substantial
assurance’ meaning we consider that the control environment is adequate and has operated
substantially as intended, with any control issues or weaknesses identified presenting only a
low risk to the control environment.  We were pleased to note that all cash/income received by
the Council is being properly recorded in the Council’s financial systems and is being regularly
reconciled to amounts recorded within the cash receipting system.  We also noted that all
cash/income is held securely and banked timeously and there are appropriate security
arrangements in place within the cash offices to prevent/discourage thefts and to address the
safety and security of staff.
We have identified a small number of areas where scope for further improvement exists and
made a number of recommendations for management attention.  Management has responded
positively to the recommendations contained within the report. 
Page 74 of 174

Page 75

Appendix 1 (continued)
Summary of Internal Audit assignments completed in the period
Internal Audit outputs: Audit opinion and commentary
4. Sundry debtors/Debt management
Internal Audit Opinion:  Limited assurance (Amber-Red)
Audit recommendations: High 1 Medium 0 Low 0
The purpose of this audit was to provide assurance that the Council has adequate, robust and
effective management arrangements in place for ensuring that the management of debtors is
appropriately and effectively controlled.
The effective management and collection of debts is an essential contributor to the Council’s
financial resources and helps maximise income available to fund essential services.  To achieve
this, the Council aims to issue invoices, where appropriate, and collect all debt owing to it
promptly, effectively and efficiently whilst ensuring fair and equitable treatment to debtors in line
with approved policies.
During financial year 2021-22, 115,844 invoices totalling £114,361,939 were raised.  Although
collection rates are generally very high (the debt collection rate for the last four years is 97%),
as at 30 September 2022, 33,504 invoices totalling £13 million (raised in any financial year)
were outstanding, with £5 million of these outstanding in excess of 12 months.
This area was last reviewed in 2019 when it received a limited assurance audit opinion.
Based on the results of our work during this review, we are satisfied that Services are generally
proactive in seeking to minimise debts wherever possible by requiring payment in advance and
that generally, effective controls exist in relation to raising invoices and the debt write-off
process. 
However, we have categorised this audit as offering ‘limited assurance’ as we consider that
although some aspects of the control environment are adequate and operating effectively, there
are significant deficiencies in a number of areas.  Areas of weakness include inadequate or
out-of-date procedures/guidance notes, credit notes lacking sufficient detail as to why they are
required and limited performance information and performance monitoring.  In addition, there
has been little action taken to address many of the recommendations previously raised by
Internal Audit.  Indeed, in some areas, (such as those relating to the passing of outstanding
debts for legal action) controls have deteriorated further.
Overall, we consider there is an urgent need to strengthen the robustness and effectiveness of
many aspects of the debt recovery control framework and consequently, we have
recommended that management formally review all aspects of the Council’s debt management
framework, including relevant policy, procedures and detailed operational arrangements with a
view to improving the efficiency, timeliness, effectiveness and equity of the Council’s current
approach to debt management.
Management has responded positively to the recommendations contained within the report;
although they consider the ‘limited assurance’ opinion as unwarranted given performance in
this area. 
Page 75 of 174

Page 76

Appendix 1 (continued)
Summary of Internal Audit assignments completed in the period
Internal Audit outputs: Audit opinion and commentary
5. Equalities
Internal Audit Opinion:  Reasonable assurance (Green-Amber)
Audit recommendations: High 2 Medium 1 Low 0
The purpose of this audit was to provide assurance on the adequacy and effectiveness of the
key controls and management arrangements associated with ensuring that the Council
complies with its statutory general and specific equalities responsibilities as laid down in the
Equalities Act 2010 (‘the Act’) and Equality Act 2010 (Specific Duties) (Scotland) Amendment
Regulations 2016 (as detailed in Appendix 2 of the report).
The Council has a statutory duty under the Act and Public Sector Equality Duty (PSED) to
mainstream its equalities activities into its day-to-day functions (its ‘general equality duty’).  In
accordance with this duty, the Council has developed an Equality Strategy 2019-2024, which
clearly sets out its commitment to mainstreaming equality and human rights through five
working objectives for success, together with identified actions.
The strategy was approved by Policy & Strategy Committee in September 2019 and is closely
aligned with the Plan for North Lanarkshire, its subsequent Programme of Work and various
key corporate strategies.  In addition, the Council has committed to build equalities into its key
decision-making processes, where appropriate, through its expectations that decisions are
informed by the use of Equality Impact Assessments (EQIAs), the results of which require to
be included in all committee reports and published on the Council’s website.
Based on the results of our work, we have assessed the audit as providing ‘reasonable
assurance’ as we consider that the Council generally has appropriate arrangements in place to
demonstrate consideration of the PSED in mainstreaming equalities into its day-to-day
functions, that there are robust processes in place for ensuring that the equalities outcomes
have been set and monitored in accordance with expected timescales and that key equalities
reports have been published in accordance with the Council’s specific equality duties.
Responsibility for Equalities transferred to People and Organisational Development in April
2022, since when, a desktop review of the existing equalities strategy and legacy programme
of work has been undertaken.  The initial findings from this review were presented to CMT in
October 2022 and highlighted a requirement for the Council to better articulate the focus of the
equalities programme of activities and more clearly link it to the objectives and outcomes within
the Equality Strategy.  A need to be clearer about the approaches and processes through which
progress will be delivered was also identified.  The findings of our audit work endorse this
assessment and we have identified a number of areas where we consider that there is a need
to significantly improve current arrangements.  Recommendations for management
consideration/action are detailed at Section 3 of the report and include:
• current governance arrangements for equalities need reviewed and improved to ensure that
they remain fit for purpose;
• significant improvements are needed to ensure consistent and appropriate use is made of
Equality Impact Assessments (EQIAs); and
• improvements are needed to the equalities performance monitoring framework including
ensuring that comprehensive and robust information is regularly and timeously reported to
key stakeholders.
Satisfactory management responses have been received in response to the recommendations
contained within the report. 
Page 76 of 174

Page 77

Appendix 2  Audit Gradings
Audit reports are graded with an overall assurance opinion, and any issues and associated
recommendations are classified individually to denote their relative importance, in accordance
with the definitions in the tables below. 
Definition of audit assurance and recommendation categories
Assurance Confidence based on sufficient evidence that internal controls are in place,
operating effectively and objectives are being achieved. 
Assurance opinion
Green Substantial
Assurance
There are minimal or minor control weaknesses that present
low risk to the control environment.  The control environment
has substantially operated as intended although some minor
errors have been detected. Very few or no improvements are
needed.
Green-Amber
Reasonable
Assurance
There are some control weaknesses that present a low to
medium risk to the control environment.  The control
environment has mainly operated as intended although errors
have been detected.  Some improvements should be made.
Amber-Red
Limited
Assurance
There are significant control weaknesses that present medium
to high risk to the control environment.  The control environment
has not operated as intended.  Significant errors have been
detected.  Substantial improvements should be made. 
Red
No
Assurance
There are fundamental control weaknesses that present an
unacceptable level of risk to the control environment.  The
control environment has fundamentally broken down and is
open to significant error or abuse.  Immediate and major
changes need to be made. 
Organisational impact
Major
The weaknesses identified during the review have left the Council open to
significant risk.  If the risk materialises it would have a major impact upon the
organisation.
Moderate The weaknesses identified during the review have left the Council open to medium
risk.  If the risk materialises it would have a moderate impact upon the organisation.
Minor The weaknesses identified during the review have left the Council open to low risk. 
If the risk materialises it would have a minor impact upon the organisation. 
Recommendation priority
High
Significant control failure or weakness that, if not addressed, may lead to a major
financial, operational or reputational risk to the organisation and/or significantly
impact the successful delivery and achievement of the objectives of the area under
review.  Urgent/Immediate action is required.
Medium
Control failure or weakness that, if not addressed, may lead to a moderate financial,
operational or reputational risk to the organisation.  Weakness may be individually
significant but it is unlikely to affect the successful delivery and achievement of the
overall objectives of the area under review.  The risk of error would, however, be
significantly reduced if corrective action was taken.  Prompt action is required
Low
Control failure or weakness that may lead to a minor financial, operational or
reputational risk to the organisation.  Weakness does not appear to significantly
affect the ability to meet objectives.  Minor issue raised to improve the efficiency
and effectiveness of controls. Page 77 of 174

Page 78

Appendix 3:  Internal Audit performance framework
Category Measure Internal Audit
management
Reported to
Chief Executive
and CMT
Reported
to A&SP
(Quarterly)
Reported to
A&SP
(Annual)
1. Delivery of Annual
Plan Percentage completion of agreed plan X X  X
2. Targeting Percentage of key corporate risks and key financial systems
over which assurance provided X X  X
3. LGBF - Efficiency Cost of Internal Audit per £ million revenue budget X   X
4. LGBF - Efficiency % of productive hours delivered v Plan X   X
5. Delivery /
recommendations
Percentage implementation of agreed actions by
implementation date (cumulative year to date) X X X X
6. Delivery / other Number of significant irregularity / fraud investigations X X  X
7. Customer
satisfaction results
Scores from customer satisfaction questionnaires (audit
assignments) (cumulative year to date) X X X X
8. Customer
satisfaction results
Scores from key stakeholders (CMT and A&SP)
questionnaires (overall performance of the function) X X  X
9. Quality / standards Reliance placed by External Audit on the work of Internal Audit X X  X
10. Quality/ standards Quality review outcomes – EQAR or internal self-evaluation X X  X
11. Delivery of Annual
Report Annual opinion /report prepared by 31 May annually X X  X
12. Targeting Approval by CMT and A&SP of strategy and annual plan by
31 May annually X X  X
Internal management performance indicators
13. Efficiency Actual v planned days on completed assignments X   
14. Efficiency Time between completion of fieldwork and draft reports being
issued 
X   
15. Efficiency Time between draft reports and final reports being issued X   
Page 78 of 174

Page 79

https://nlcgov.sharepoint.com/sites/AUR-INTERNALAUDITFILES/Shared Documents/Planned Work/2022-23/0200.2023.001 - Housing Benefits/A - FINDINGS AND
REPORT/A06a 20220928 HB Fina report v1.0 as issued.docx  1 
INTERNAL AUDIT REPORT 
HOUSING BENEFITS AND COUNCIL TAX REDUCTION
SCHEME: NEW AND AMENDED CLAIMS 
Contents  
1. Executive Summary 2. Findings and Recommendations 3. Action Plan
Appendix 1:   Audit grading  
Issued to: Head of Financial Solutions, Business Finance Manager (Resource Solutions) and Business
Finance Manager (Strategy & Business Development)
Copied to: Chief Executive and Deputy Chief Executive 
Headlines
The purpose of this audit was to provide assurance on the adequacy and effectiveness of the Council’s key
controls and management arrangements associated with ensuring that it continues to comply with relevant
legislation and DWP requirements in respect of the processing and administration of Housing Benefit and
Council Tax Reduction applications/claims and notification of changes in circumstances.
Universal Credit (which is administered by the Department of Work and Pensions (DWP)) continues to replace
Housing Benefit, with many more claimants now in receipt of the former, which has resulted in a gradual
decline in caseload of the latter.  However, the Council is still responsible for administering Housing Benefit
and Council Tax Reduction claims for eligible claimants.
Based on results of our work, we have categorised this audit as providing ‘substantial assurance’.  We are
satisfied that the governance, risk management and controls in place are adequate and appear robust, with
the Council’s arrangements for processing claims substantively complying with DWP requirements, being
supported by adequate and appropriate documentation and being correctly assessed and calculated.  We
were also pleased to note that management checks are being undertaken regularly to provide assurance on
the quality and compliance of decision making and that regular reconciliations between the housing benefit
system and financial ledger are being undertaken.  We have identified a small number of areas where we
consider that there is scope for improvement, and these are detailed in Section 3 of this report. 
Internal Audit Opinion (see definition at Appendix 1) Substantial assurance (Green) 
Organisational impact (see definition at Appendix 1) Minor 
Report status FINAL Audit ref 0200/2023/001 Date issued 28/09/22
Audit Team Lesley Armstrong, Paula Hendry and Hugh Shevlin 
Page 79 of 174

Page 80

https://nlcgov.sharepoint.com/sites/AUR-INTERNALAUDITFILES/Shared Documents/Planned Work/2022-23/0200.2023.001 - Housing Benefits/A - FINDINGS AND
REPORT/A06a 20220928 HB Fina report v1.0 as issued.docx  2
1.  Executive Summary 
Objectives
This audit exercise was designed to provide assurance on the adequacy and effectiveness of the Council’s
key controls and management arrangements associated with ensuring that it continues to comply with relevant
legislation and DWP requirements in respect of the processing and administration of Housing Benefit and
Council Tax Reduction applications/claims and notification of changes in circumstances.  The work was
designed to offer an audit opinion on the following:
• Is the Council complying with key DWP requirements when assessing claims, including obtaining
appropriate supporting documentation?
• Are claims being correctly assessed/determined, including calculations, start and end dates and
backdating of claims?
• Are appropriate and expected management checks in place to provide assurance on quality/compliance
and are any issues arising from such checks appropriately actioned/addressed?
• Are relevant financial records accurate and up-to-date?
Work undertaken included substantive testing and re-calculation of 24 new claims and 20 amended (changes
of circumstances) claims selected at random for the period January to March 2022.  We also reviewed
documentation in relation to management checks and reconciliations between the Open Revenues system
and the housing management system (HSMS)/financial ledger (efinancials).
This engagement has been conducted in accordance with the ‘Public Sector Internal Audit Standards’.  The
Internal Audit section reports formally on conformance with these standards to the Audit and Scrutiny Panel. 
2.  Findings and Recommendations 
Number and category of recommendations raised
(see definition of priority at Appendix 1)
High Medium Low
0 0 3 
Key areas requiring management action (High)
No key areas requiring urgent management action have been identified. 
Good practice identified
We noted the following areas of good practice during the audit:
• Relevant legislation and DWP guidelines are embedded within the Service’s operating procedures and
written guidance and these were generally being complied with;
• Awards, start dates, effective dates of change and end dates, where relevant, were generally found to be
properly calculated in line with current Housing Benefit/Council Tax Reduction rules; and
• The outcome of management checks are monitored by Benefit Managers and Team Leaders and
appropriate action is taken to notify staff of any issues arising. 
Other areas for improvement (Medium)
No other areas for improvement were identified. 
Page 80 of 174

Page 81

https://nlcgov.sharepoint.com/sites/AUR-INTERNALAUDITFILES/Shared Documents/Planned Work/2022-23/0200.2023.001 - Housing Benefits/A - FINDINGS AND REPORT/A06a 20220928 HB Fina report v1.0 as issued.docx  3
3. Action Plan Housing Benefits and Council Tax Reduction – New and Amended Claims  0200/2023/001 
Ref Finding
1 Management should consider reviewing some aspects of the current arrangements for management checks.
To ensure that new claims and changes in circumstances for Housing Benefit and Council Tax Reduction are properly processed in line with expectations, the Quality
Improvement Team is responsible for reviewing a sample of cases across all areas of benefit processing and providing feedback to the decision maker when any errors are
identified to prevent re-occurrence of such errors.  The outcome of these reviews, known as benefit management checks, are recorded on a Benefit Management Checks
spreadsheet. 
There is no written documentation which states the number of expected checks to be undertaken, however, we understand that historically this has been set at a minimum of
150 checks per month.  Our review of the Benefit Management Checks spreadsheet for 2022-23 confirmed that the target 150 checks is not currently being met mainly due to
staff shortages, however, we noted that the number of monthly checks has increased over recent months and the Team are on track to achieve the set target during September
2022.
We understand that there has been no review of the level of management checks required for some time.  Although we understand that the level of claims for council tax
reduction has remained constant, the ongoing move of benefits claimants to Universal Credit has resulted in a reduction in the number of Housing Benefit claims being received
and processed by the Council.  As such we consider it timely that management formally review the current level of new claims and changes of circumstances processed to
determine whether the minimum of 150 checks per month remains appropriate.  Depending on the direction of movement of the claims processed by the Service, it is recognised
that the outcome of this review may result in an increase or decrease in the target set.
We reviewed the Benefit Management Checks spreadsheet for 2022-23 (to mid-September) and noted that of the 540 claims which were subject to a management check, 14%
contained a financial error.  Discussions with Service management indicate that this level is within a reasonable tolerance, however we were informed that management have
not established a formal acceptable tolerance level for errors identified during management checks.  Whilst we are satisfied that the outcomes of these errors are discussed
with relevant staff to prevent the same error occurring again, we consider that tolerance levels for errors should be determined and monitored with the outcome reported to
management on a regular basis.
Implication Recommendation Priority Management response Implementation
Month/Year
Management may be
undertaking too many checks
resulting in a poor use of
resources.
Management may be unable to
compare and/or report
‘performance’ arising from
management checks against
previously agreed
targets/expectations.
Management should consider reviewing the current
arrangements for management checks including:
(1) determining whether, given the reduction in housing
benefits caseloads, the level of management checks
currently undertaken, remains appropriate; and
(2) establishing an acceptable tolerance level for errors
(financial and non-financial) identified during
management check and thereafter regularly reporting
the outcome of management checks against these
tolerance levels.
Low Agree
Elaine Cornes (Benefit Manager)
(1) Current level of management checks has been
re-considered by the Team and it has been
determined that the current level is
appropriate, however the position will be kept
under review.
(2) An acceptable tolerance level will be
introduced. 
October 2022 
Page 81 of 174

Page 82

https://nlcgov.sharepoint.com/sites/AUR-INTERNALAUDITFILES/Shared Documents/Planned Work/2022-23/0200.2023.001 - Housing Benefits/A - FINDINGS AND REPORT/A06a 20220928 HB Fina report v1.0 as issued.docx  4
3. Action Plan (continued) Housing Benefits and Council Tax Reduction – New and Amended Claims 0200/2023/001 
Ref Finding
2 A small number of claims selected for testing contained calculation errors and/or had insufficient evidence to support the claim.
Our testing involved a review of a random sample of 44 new and amended claims.  Whilst we were generally satisfied that there was appropriate documentation to support the
benefit awarded and that housing benefit/council tax reduction had been correctly calculated, we identified a small number of instances where the appropriate checks had not
been undertaken by Benefit staff, where documentation was not available to fully support the claim and/or calculation errors occurred.  In particular, we noted the following:
• for three claims (178321, 178321 and 297973), there was insufficient documentation on file to support elements of the claimant’s income (Disability Living Allowance (DLA),
Personal Independence Payment (PIP), Employment and Support Allowance (ESA) and earnings) – the documentation for some of these claims has now been added to
Workflow360 (document management system);
• the bank statements provided for two claims (180550 and 209041) did not contain the balance column, therefore the balance on the account could not be confirmed;
• we were unable to determine how the documentation (birth certificate, DWP and private pension letters) was received for one claim (298073).  It would appear that the
documents were received via the post, however, only the birth certificate and one letter was stamped was date stamped and none of the documentation was stamped as
original seen or signed/dated by the officers;
• the application form for one claim (286005) appears to have been completed manually by the claimant (i.e. handwritten), however, the document held on Workflow360 has
not been stamped with the date of receipt;
• one claim (178321) where the rates used for DLA did not match the standard DWP rates (note: there was no effect on the benefit awarded as DLA payments are
disregarded);
• for one claim (209041), child benefit was not included in the income calculation (note: there was no effect on the benefit awarded as child benefit payments are disregarded)
and the student loan and child tax credits were disregarded in error (note: these have now been corrected but there is no effect on the benefit awarded); and
• one claim (297818) where we considered that the capital figure used in the calculation of benefit had been recorded incorrectly.  The capital varied throughout the period
of claim and this has now been reassessed and recorded more accurately.
All calculation errors have been notified to the benefits team and have now been corrected.
Implication Recommendation Priority Management response Implementation
Month/Year
Housing Benefit/Council Tax
Reduction may not be correctly
calculated in line with legislation
and DWP rules.
Management should remind all staff processing claims of
the need to ensure that all data is accurately input into
Civica and that appropriate and sufficient documentary
evidence to support all claims is received and retained.
Low Agree
Elaine Cornes (Benefit Manager)
Staff will be reminded in writing of the need for
accuracy. 
October 2022 
Page 82 of 174

Page 83

https://nlcgov.sharepoint.com/sites/AUR-INTERNALAUDITFILES/Shared Documents/Planned Work/2022-23/0200.2023.001 - Housing Benefits/A - FINDINGS AND REPORT/A06a 20220928 HB Fina report v1.0 as issued.docx  5 
3. Action Plan (continued) Housing Benefits and Council Tax Reduction – New and Amended Claims 0200/2023/001 
Ref Finding
3 Reconciliations are not always completed on a timely basis and details of who undertook reconciliations and when are not always
recorded.
Reconciliations between Civica (for rent rebates and rent allowances) and efinancials are undertaken by the Support Team within Financial Solutions.  At the time of testing
(June 2022), these reconciliations were not up to date (last reconciliation was for period 13 in 2021-22), however, we have since been informed that the outstanding
reconciliations have now been completed.
We understand that the reconciliations are now documented and stored electronically and that reports are no longer printed, signed and dated, however, we consider that, for
each reconciliation, a record of the officers who prepared and subsequently checked/authorised it and when, should be retained.
Implication Recommendation Priority Management response Implementation 
Month/Year
If reconciliations are not up to date and are not
undertaken regularly, any errors or discrepancies
in the records held on the two systems may not
be identified and correctly promptly.
If details of who undertook processes and checks
are not recorded, it may be difficult to establish
whether and/or by whom and when these
processes and checks have been undertaken
and errors may not be identified in a timely
manner.
Management should ensure that:
(1) going forward, reconciliations are
completed on a timeous basis; and 
(2) regardless of whether reconciliations are
held electronically or in a printed format, an
appropriate record confirming the officers
who prepared and subsequently
checked/authorised each reconciliation
and when is retained.  
Low Agree
Jamie McKenna, Revenue and Benefits
Manager (Business Development and
Performance)  
A reconciliation timetable will be implemented
to ensure reconciliations for each financial
period are completed in a timeous manner. 
The schedule will include both a ‘prepared by’
and ‘authorised by’ column which will be
signed by the officer who completed the
relevant task.  The schedule will be stored
electronically and be made available for audit
review. 
October 2022 
Page 83 of 174

Page 84

https://nlcgov.sharepoint.com/sites/AUR-INTERNALAUDITFILES/Shared Documents/Planned Work/2022-23/0200.2023.001 - Housing Benefits/A - FINDINGS AND
REPORT/A06a 20220928 HB Fina report v1.0 as issued.docx  6
Appendix 1 - Audit Grading
Audit reports are graded with an overall assurance opinion, and any issues and associated
recommendations are classified individually to denote their relative importance, in accordance with
the definitions in the tables below. 
Definition of audit assurance and recommendation categories
Assurance Confidence based on sufficient evidence that internal controls are in place, operating
effectively and objectives are being achieved. 
Assurance opinion
Green Substantial
Assurance
A sound system of governance, risk management and control exists, with
internal controls operating effectively and being consistently applied to
support the achievement of objectives in the area audited.
Green - Amber Reasonable
Assurance
There is a generally sound system of governance, risk management and
control in place. Some issues, non-compliance or scope for improvement were
identified which may put at risk the achievement of objectives in the area
audited.
Amber - Red Limited
Assurance
Significant gaps, weaknesses or non-compliance were identified.
Improvement is required to the system of governance, risk management and
control to effectively manage risks to the achievement of objectives in the
area audited.
Red No
Assurance
Immediate action is required to address fundamental gaps, weaknesses or
non-compliance identified. The system of governance, risk management and
control is inadequate to effectively manage risks to the achievement of
objectives in the area audited. 
Organisational impact
Major The weaknesses identified during the review have left the Council open to significant risk.  If
the risk materialises it would have a major impact upon the organisation as a whole.
Moderate The weaknesses identified during the review have left the Council open to medium risk.  If the
risk materialises it would have a moderate impact upon the organisation as a whole.
Minor The weaknesses identified during the review have left the Council open to low risk.  If the risk
materialises it would have a minor impact upon the organisation as a whole. 
Recommendation priority
High
Significant control failure or weakness that, if not addressed, may lead to a major financial,
operational or reputational risk to the organisation and/or significantly impact the successful
delivery and achievement of the objectives of the area under review.  Urgent/Immediate action
is required.
Medium
Control failure or weakness that, if not addressed, may lead to a moderate financial,
operational or reputational risk to the organisation.  Weakness may be individually significant
but is unlikely to affect the successful delivery and achievement of the overall objectives of the
area under review.  The risk of error would, however, be significantly reduced if corrective
action was taken.  Prompt action is required.  
Low
Control failure or weakness that may lead to a minor financial, operational or reputational risk
to the organisation.  Weakness does not appear to significantly affect the ability to meet
objectives.  Minor issue raised to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of controls. 
Page 84 of 174

Page 85

https://nlcgov.sharepoint.com/sites/AUR-INTERNALAUDITFILES/Shared Documents/Planned Work/2021-22/0900.2022.009 Performance Management/A - FINDINGS AND REPORT/A10a 20221013
Performance Management Final report.docx 1 
INTERNAL AUDIT REPORT 
PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT 
Contents  
1. Executive Summary 2. Findings and Recommendations 3. Action Plan
Appendix 1:   Audit grading Appendix 2: Performance indicators reviewed
Appendix 3:  National Audit Office – Good practice criteria for performance measurement
Issued to: Head of Business and Digital, Business Strategy Manager and Strategy and Performance Manager  
Copied to: Chief Executive, Deputy Chief Executive and all Heads of Service 
Headlines
The purpose of this audit was to provide independent assurance on the adequacy and effectiveness of the
Council’s approach to performance management with a focus on the adequacy, robustness and effectiveness of
the Council’s Strategic Performance Framework (SPF) and its implementation.
In September 2019, the Council approved a SPF which set out a framework for performance measurement at
three levels.  The SPF was designed to provide an overview of performance to help understand the impact of
council activities on improving services and outcomes for the people of North Lanarkshire and to allow day-to-
day activities and long-term progress against the long-term vision set out in The Plan for North Lanarkshire (The
Plan) to be regularly monitored, reported, assessed and scrutinised.  Subsequent reports have been presented
to the Audit and Scrutiny Panel (ASP) detailing performance reporting arrangements and schedules and further
planned work to assess the effectiveness of the SPF.  Business and Digital are responsible for the development,
review and oversight of the framework, with Services responsible for the implementation and delivery of the
framework through the measurement, monitoring and reporting of the level 2 and 3 performance indicators
contained in the SPF.
Our review of the SPF has led us to conclude that the framework, developed by Business and Digital, substantially
complies with recognised good practice and when fully implemented, would facilitate effective oversight,
monitoring and review of performance.  We are generally satisfied that the SPF comprises a range of relevant
performance indicators which are aligned with the Council’s priorities, ambition statements and programme of
work (PoW) items and should enable an assessment of the quality, efficiency and effectiveness of the Council’s
day-to-day operations. 
Although progress has been made in all aspects of the SPF, many remain work in progress as full implementation
of the expected corporate arrangements for monitoring and recording key strategic and operational performance
measures by Services; the effective, timely and regular reporting of performance to the Corporate Management
Team and Service Committees; and the integration of the framework into the Council’s governance
arrangements, has been significantly impacted over the last two years due to the need for Services to respond
to, and re-prioritise resources, as a result of the Covid-19 pandemic.  Consequently, there is also little evidence
of effective scrutiny of performance information and/or it being used to guide decision making.  We have therefore
categorised this audit as offering ‘Limited Assurance’.
We consider that there is considerable scope for improvement in the Council’s performance management
arrangements and we have raised several recommendations for management consideration.  These are detailed
in section 3 of the audit report and include: 
• The SPF needs to be fully implemented and integrated into the Council’s wider governance arrangements to
provide more effective oversight of performance; 
• Indicators contained within the SPF need to be better aligned to the Council’s ambitions and PoW; 
• Services need to make better use of performance information to ensure relevant and timely reporting to their
senior management teams and associated Committees to allow for appropriate scrutiny and challenge and to
inform decision making; and
• Improvements are needed to the quality of performance indicator data. 
Internal Audit Opinion (see definition at Appendix 1) Limited assurance (Amber-Red) 
Organisational impact  (see definition at Appendix 1) Moderate 
Report status FINAL Audit ref 0900/2022/009 Date issued 13/10/22
Audit Team Lesley Armstrong, Paula Hendry, Elizabeth Sweeney and Hugh Shevlin
Page 85 of 174

Page 86

https://nlcgov.sharepoint.com/sites/AUR-INTERNALAUDITFILES/Shared Documents/Planned Work/2021-22/0900.2022.009 Performance Management/A - FINDINGS AND REPORT/A10a 20221013
Performance Management Final report.docx 2
1.  Executive Summary 
Objectives
This audit exercise was designed to provide independent assurance on the adequacy and effectiveness of the
Council’s approach to performance management with a focus on the adequacy, robustness and effectiveness
of the Council’s Strategic Performance Framework (SPF) and its implementation.  These arrangements were
assessed against the National Audit Office’s ‘Performance measurement: Good practice criteria and maturity
model’.  The work was designed to offer an audit opinion on the following:
• How well does the Council’s SPF reflect recognised good practice?  Does it have clear links to the aims of
the organisation?  Is it integrated with relevant business planning, budgetary and operational processes? 
And does it incorporate relevant and good quality performance indicators?
• Are there effective arrangements for reporting on performance?  Have these been implemented?  Do
arrangements incorporate data quality checks, contextual reporting and presentation with relevant analysis
and insight?
• How well does the Council use performance information?  Is relevant information used to assess
performance and guide future decision-making?
Work undertaken involved discussions with the Strategy and Performance Manager, a detailed review of
documentation to evidence the key processes and procedures operating in 2021-22 and substantive testing
across Services on a sample of 12 performance indicators  from the SPF (six from Services involved in the pilot
exercise and six from Services not involved in the pilot exercise) to assess the accuracy of reporting performance
data and, where appropriate, compliance with statutory obligations. 
It is anticipated that future audits on performance will focus on the arrangements in place within individual
Services to implement the SPF.
This engagement has been conducted in accordance with the ‘Public Sector Internal Audit Standards’.  The
Internal Audit section reports formally on conformance with these standards to the Audit and Scrutiny Panel. 
2.  Findings and Recommendations 
Number and category of recommendations raised
(see definition of priority at Appendix 1)
High Medium Low
1 3 1 
Key areas requiring management action (High)
The following key area requiring urgent management action has been identified:
• The SPF needs to be fully implemented and integrated into the Council’s wider governance arrangements to
provide effective oversight of performance. 
Good practice identified
We noted the following areas of good practice during the audit:
• The SPF is one of five frameworks which support the Council’s strategic plan, ‘The Plan for North
Lanarkshire’ (The Plan) and associated Programme of Work.  The SPF comprises a number of performance
indicators, which are aligned with the Council’s priorities, ambition statements and programme of work items,
and enable an assessment of the quality, efficiency and effectiveness of the Council’s day-to-day operations. 
• The SPF contains a reporting schedule detailing which indicators will be reported to which stakeholders and
when/how often.  This schedule was updated for 2021-22 and is in the process of being updated for 2022-
23 and is expected to be submitted to CMT for approval in November.
• Performance indicators have been allocated baselines and targets to enable managers to effectively monitor
performance and easily identify any dips or increases in performance at an early stage.  
• The Council participates in the Local Government Benchmarking Framework (LGBF) co-ordinated by the
Improvement Service which is designed to enable comparison of performance with other councils and to
encourages councils to examine why variations in costs and performance occur between similar councils. 
Page 86 of 174

Page 87

https://nlcgov.sharepoint.com/sites/AUR-INTERNALAUDITFILES/Shared Documents/Planned Work/2021-22/0900.2022.009 Performance Management/A - FINDINGS AND REPORT/A10a 20221013
Performance Management Final report.docx 3
Other areas for improvement (Medium)
Other areas for improvement were also identified:
• Indicators contained within the SPF need to be better aligned to the Council’s ambitions and Programme of
Work;
• Services need to make better use of performance information to ensure relevant and timely reporting to their
senior management teams and associated Committees to allow for appropriate scrutiny and challenge and
to inform decision making; and
• Improvements are needed to the quality of performance indicator data. 
Page 87 of 174

Page 88

https://nlcgov.sharepoint.com/sites/AUR-INTERNALAUDITFILES/Shared Documents/Planned Work/2021-22/0900.2022.009 Performance Management/A - FINDINGS AND REPORT/A10a 20221013 Performance Management Final report.docx
4
3. Action Plan Performance Management  0900/2022/009 
Ref Finding
1 The SPF needs to be fully implemented and integrated into the Council’s wider governance arrangements to provide more effective
oversight of performance.
The Council’s strategic plan (The Plan) was approved at the Policy and Strategy Committee in February 2019.  It is a high-level strategy which aims to communicate the Council’s
five priorities and provide a focus for activities and resources to ensure that employees and stakeholders work towards a shared ambition.  The Plan is supported by 25 high level
ambition statements which are further supported by a Programme of Work, which is reviewed annually.  The Plan and associated Programme of Work are supported by five
frameworks and are designed to enable a structured approach to assessing progress, measuring success and identifying areas for improvement.  One of these frameworks is the
SPF which was approved at the Policy and Strategy Committee in September 2019 and aims to enable the Council to monitor delivery of the supporting Programme of Work and
associated activities.
The SPF comprises a number of performance indicators at three levels which collectively provides an overview of performance to help understand the impact of council activities on
improving the services and outcomes for people and communities in North Lanarkshire.  Its aim is to produce evidence that allows the activities of the Council and progress towards
achieving the ambitions in the Plan for North Lanarkshire to be regularly monitored, reported, assessed, and scrutinised.
Our assessment of the SPF is that the framework developed by Business and Digital substantially complies with recognised good practice and, when fully implemented by Services,
would provide for more effective oversight, monitoring, review and reporting of performance.  The requirement to stand down a range of activities across all Services due to the need
to re-prioritise resources in responding to the public health emergency, including much of the work associated with the implementation of the SPF, has, however, significantly impacted
on the operation of the Council’s performance management arrangements over the last two years.  In particular, we noted that:
• the reporting schedule contained within the SPF generally expects performance to be reported to the Policy and Strategy Committee, Audit and Scrutiny Panel (ASP), Service
Committees, CMT and SMT twice a year, however, our review confirmed that this did not occur in 2021-22 and is not currently happening; 
• reports in relation to all three levels of performance indicators per this schedule are expected to be submitted to CMT in cycle 2 (April-June) and cycle 4 (October - December)
each year; however, there has, to date, been very limited reporting to CMT.  We noted that a performance review update by each Head of Service was presented to CMT in
April/May 2021 and whilst Heads of Service provided an update on work being undertaken by their Services, it did not provide comprehensive information on performance and
progress toward achieving related ambition statements and/or programme of work items.  Business and Digital management commented that this approach was stood down
after Heads of Service failed to comply with the clear guidance given to present a balanced picture of Service performance results to CMT.  Following this, the Chief Executive
requested a new approach be developed which led to the pilot exercise using spreadsheets for each Head of Service (see next bullet);
• performance reports for each Head of Service were expected to be submitted to the relevant Service Committee during cycle 3 (August to September) of 2021 and cycle 1
(January to March) of 2022 however, this did not happen.  Instead, Business and Digital undertook a pilot with three Heads of Service for recording performance on performance
spreadsheets and reporting to the relevant Committee, with reports being presented to Committee for these cycles.  This has now been completed for a fourth Service and we
understand that preparations are underway for the process to be rolled out to all Services by June 2022.  Given the rate of progress to date, we consider this timescale to be
extremely ambitious;
• in late 2021, CMT undertook a self-evaluation of its new arrangements that had been introduced in April 2021 and a report the outcome of this 
self-evaluation was presented to CMT in February 2022.  This report recognised that there is a need to enhance the scrutiny role of CMT and the use of performance information
in strategic decision making and continuous improvement, and an action to address this was identified for implementation by the Head of Business and Digital by August 2022. 
We understand that this date has been revised and is now expected to be complete by November 2022;  
• there has been limited reporting in relation to performance and performance indicators to the Policy and Strategy Committee in the last few years with the last report providing
the latest level 1 indicator figures in March 2022; 
• similarly, there has been limited reporting of performance to the Audit and Scrutiny Panel (ASP) with the focus being largely restricted to presenting the Local Government
Benchmarking Framework indicators and the position of North Lanarkshire Council in relation to other Councils; and
• there is no clear statement which sets out how and when performance will be reported to the general public and there is currently limited performance information available in
any format (paper, online, etc) for the public.  
Although we recognise the pandemic has majorly impacted on Services’ ability to engage in implementation of the SPF, all of the above, has significantly impacted on the level of
reporting to, and scrutiny, analysis and interpretation of performance data by, elected Members and senior management.  Effective scrutiny of performance by elected Members
forms an important part of the Council’s governance arrangements and this has, effectively, been absent for much of the last two years.  
(Continued over page) Page 88 of 174

Page 89

https://nlcgov.sharepoint.com/sites/AUR-INTERNALAUDITFILES/Shared Documents/Planned Work/2021-22/0900.2022.009 Performance Management/A - FINDINGS AND REPORT/A10a 20221013 Performance Management Final report.docx
5
3. Action Plan Performance Management  0900/2022/009 
Implication Recommendation Priority Management response Implementation
Month/Year
It may be difficult to clearly demonstrate progress,
improvement or achievement of the Council’s ambition
statements and programme of work items, which could
result in the Council failing to meet its obligations in
relation to best value, good governance and public
performance reporting.
Inadequate and/or irregular performance reporting
impacts on the ability of key stakeholders (corporate
management and elected members) to review
performance and identify where issues are arising
and/or action may be needed.
The Head of Business and Digital, in
conjunction with Services, should
ensure that, as a matter of priority, the
SPF is fully integrated into the Council’s
wider governance arrangements with
effective, timely and regular reporting on
key strategic and operational
performance measures to all key
stakeholders (CMT, relevant Service
Committees, Audit and Scrutiny Panel
and the general public).
High Agree
Katrina Hassell, Head of Business and Digital 
The Service is committed to implementing the
SPF in full in line with the audit
recommendations.  
This work is underway in a number of phases due
to conclude at the end of this financial year. A key
dependency is the planned revision to the
Programme of Work.
The updated SPF will be presented to the CMT
in December 2022 with reporting implemented by
the end of the financial year.  
March 2023 
Page 89 of 174

Page 90

https://nlcgov.sharepoint.com/sites/AUR-INTERNALAUDITFILES/Shared Documents/Planned Work/2021-22/0900.2022.009 Performance Management/A - FINDINGS AND REPORT/A10a 20221013 Performance Management Final report.docx
6
3. Action Plan (continued) Performance Management 0900/2022/009 
Ref Finding
2 Indicators contained within the SPF need to be better aligned to the Council’s ambitions and Programme of Work.
The SPF comprises a group of performance indicators at three levels – (1) NL context, (2) improving outcomes and (3) day-to-day operations with each indicator designed to be
aligned with the Council’s priorities and ambition statements and thereby providing a clear link to The Plan.  We consider, however, that the SPF contains an excessive number of
level 2 and 3 indicators, many of which, whilst relevant to the Council’s activities/day-to-day operations and Services may be interested in measuring and monitoring for operational
purposes, do not always have a clear direct link to The Plan and the ambition statements or Programme of Work items to which they are aligned. Our review also identified that there
is no documentation which clearly indicates which Head of Service is responsible for each of the current level 2 and 3 indicators to ensure that clear responsibility for all indicators
included in the SPF have been allocated to a Head of Service including responsibility for how these are calculated.  Our testing of a small sample of 12 indicators identified one
indicator which was not being measured by the Service despite being included in the SPF, as relevant staff were unaware of its existence.
We understand that the SPF is currently being refreshed, with all Heads of Service reviewing and reconsidering their performance indicators and making
additions/deletions/amendments to better reflect their activities.  We consider that this review should include consideration of each existing indicator to determine whether they will
have a direct impact on achieving the shared ambition and identification of new indicators which will better measure the impact of actions on outcomes.  The refreshed SPF is
expected to be presented to Committee in cycle 4 of 2022 (October - December). 
In addition, best practice (see Appendix 3) states that in developing a performance framework the activity measured should be “capable of being influenced by actions which can be
attributed to the organisation” and that the “influence on outcomes that the organisation exerts are separated from the other influences on those outcomes”.  Level 1 indicators do
not meet this expectation.  They provide context to North Lanarkshire overall and whilst it is useful data to monitor and report, it does not provide a direct measure of the Council’s
performance.  We therefore consider, in line with good practice, that senior management (CMT) and Elected Members would benefit more from receiving performance reports
containing a smaller number of ‘primary’ or leading’ indicators (a range of indicators which would be of most significance/interest to senior management to enable monitoring of the
progress of ambition statements and the Programme of Work) or forecasts of performance (to reflect how changes in activities or processes may affect performance), enabling them
to undertake more meaningful and focused performance monitoring and scrutiny.  
Implication Recommendation Priority Management response Implementation
Month/Year
It may be difficult to
clearly demonstrate
progress, improvement
or achievement of the
Council’s ambition
statements and
programme of work
items, which could
result in the Council
failing to meet its
obligations in relation to
best value, good
governance and public
performance reporting.
The Head of Business and Digital, in conjunction with all Services, should:
(1) as part of the refresh of the SPF, ensure that consideration is given to
all level 2 and 3 indicators to determine whether improvements in these
performance indicators provide meaningful information in respect of
progressing/achieving the ambition statements and programme of
work items that they are linked to.  This review should include the
removal of any indicators which are not directly linked to planned
outcomes and the identification of new indicators to assist with the
monitoring of progress of ambition statements and key programme of
work items; 
(2) consider preparing a document (or adding to existing documentation
such as the SPF) which clearly indicates the Head of Service
responsible for each performance indicator; and
(3) identify a suite of key performance indicators/reporting mechanism(s)
that would facilitate effective scrutiny and challenge by CMT and
elected members.  
Medium Agree 
Katrina Hassell, Head of Business and Digital
(1) As part of the refresh of the SPF,
consideration is being given to determining
the improvements required in terms of the
suite of performance indicators.  The updated
SPF will be presented to the CMT in
December 2022.
(2) The new approach comprises a spreadsheet
for each Head of Service that clearly
indicates their responsibilities for each
performance indicator within the SPF.
(3) The launch of the new approach to CMT in
December 2022 will provide more detail in
this respect. 
December 2022 
Page 90 of 174

Page 91

https://nlcgov.sharepoint.com/sites/AUR-INTERNALAUDITFILES/Shared Documents/Planned Work/2021-22/0900.2022.009 Performance Management/A - FINDINGS AND REPORT/A10a 20221013 Performance Management Final report.docx
7
3. Action Plan (continued) Performance Management 0900/2022/009 
Ref Finding
3 Services need to make better use of performance information to ensure relevant and timely reporting to their senior management teams
and associated Committees to allow for appropriate scrutiny and challenge and to inform decision making.
During the audit, for the sample of performance indicators (see Appendix 2) selected, we reviewed and assessed how Services are discharging their responsibilities for performance
reporting. Various approaches are taken to service level performance reporting including reporting to Committee/Boards (NLC, Health and Social Care), discussions at management
meetings (without Head of Service presence), ad hoc discussions with the Head of Service and discussion with key contractors about their performance.  From our review of a sample
of 11 performance indicators, we consider that the arrangements in place for reporting to Service management for six of the indicators was insufficient as the evidence provided did
not confirm that performance is routinely reviewed and discussed with the Head of Service.
As noted at point 1 above, Service Committees have not been presented with performance reports as per the expected reporting schedule but rather a pilot with three Heads of
Service for recording performance on performance spreadsheets and reporting to Committee has been undertaken.  We undertook a review of the committee reports presented for
the pilot by Services to relevant Committees and whilst we were pleased to note that they follow a consistent structure, we identified a number of issues with the content of the
reports:
• The main body of the report is about two and a half pages long, however, the narrative does not contain much summary information on performance – instead it largely details
which ambition statements the Head of Service is responsible for, explains the information contained in the appendix and refers to the performance spreadsheet;
• Services do not provide an analysis of performance indicators in the main body of the report to highlight areas of good or poor performance, the reasons for the performance level
or, where performance is poor, the actions that will be taken to improve it;  
• There is no distinguishment in the report to indicate whether individual performance indicators are level 2 or 3; and
• The comments contained in the appendix do not always provide clear explanations for changes in trends, not meeting targets or the factors influencing performance.  
Implication Recommendation Priority Management response Implementation
Month/Year
Performance information
may not be used effectively
by senior management or
elected members to evaluate
the effectiveness of activities
and/or inform decisions
and/or drive continuous
improvement. 
It will be difficult for
stakeholders to understand
whether/how well the
organisation is progressing
towards achieving strategic
objectives. 
The Head of Business and Digital should:
(1) Establish, and thereafter communicate to Services,
a set of minimum standards for performance
reporting within Services, including the requirement
to report and discuss performance with the Head of
Service, identify areas where performance
exceeds/is below target or substantially differs from
previous periods to understand/explain the reasons
and, where appropriate, identify actions to improve
performance and monitor the implementation of
these actions; and
(2) review and amend as appropriate, the committee
template and/or guidance for performance reporting
to include summary narrative highlighting areas of
good or poor performance, the reasons for
performance levels and any actions being taken to
address or improve poor performance.
Medium Agree
Katrina Hassell, Head of Business and Digital and all Heads
of Service
(1) A set of standards for performance reporting is already
contained within the SPF.  These will be further reviewed
and updated as appropriate in the finalisation of the revised
SPF as detailed above.
(2) The pilot performance reports to committee have a column
for narrative to highlight areas of good and poor
performance. This is further substantiated by the use of a
RAG status.  In the pilots, the narrative column provided
information in terms of work being done to address or
improve poor performance; this approach will continue and
will be reiterated within the refreshed SPF and new
approach presented to CMT in November.  The use of the
narrative column received positive feedback from Heads of
Service and Elected Members. 
November 2022 
Page 91 of 174

Page 92

https://nlcgov.sharepoint.com/sites/AUR-INTERNALAUDITFILES/Shared Documents/Planned Work/2021-22/0900.2022.009 Performance Management/A - FINDINGS AND REPORT/A10a 20221013 Performance Management Final report.docx
8
3. Action Plan (continued) Performance Management 0900/2022/009 
Ref Finding
4 Improvements are needed to the quality of performance indicator data.
As part of the Council’s corporate performance arrangements, there is a requirement for Services to nominate a Calculating Officer and Verification Officer for each performance
indicator.  These roles have been in place for a number of years and two documents detailing the roles and responsibilities of each officer were prepared.  These documents are
available on Connect, however, they are currently in the process of being refreshed for inclusion in a new ‘How To’ guide which is currently being prepared for staff involved in the
calculation and verification of performance information.
Given the removal of PerformNL, the standing down of performance reporting during 2020/21 due to Covid, the reconsideration of Committee performance reporting and the number
of officers in these roles who have left the Council’s employment, many of the officers undertaking these roles have recently changed, resulting in many new officers who appeared
unaware of their roles and responsibilities.  This is supported through substantive testing on a sample of six performance indicators (which were subject to the pilot exercise for
reporting) where discussions with the nominated Calculating and Verification Officers generally confirmed that they had not been formally made aware of their responsibilities and
the corporate expectations and requirements for measuring, calculating, monitoring and reporting performance information.  Business and Digital’s Workplan for the SPF includes
an action to hold engagement/drop-in sessions with Calculating and Verification Officers on the new SPF arrangements, roles and responsibilities, reporting timescales, etc in
October/November once the SPF reporting arrangements have been fully implemented. 
All performance indicators are required to have a performance information definition sheet, prepared by the relevant Service, which provides a definition of the process and information
required to calculate the final indicator results, a worked example showing how the indicator will be calculated, the frequency of the calculation, the data source and details of the
Calculating Officer and Verification Officer.  Our review of a sample of 11 performance indicators confirmed that a definition sheet had been prepared for each indicator, however,
we identified a number of issues including the definition sheets were not always fully completed; the titles of the indicator did not always clearly state what it was measuring; the
detailed description for some indicators was vague and did not always clearly describe what was being measured and how; the worked example was not always correctly calculated
and/or the data source for some indicators was either unclear or did not match the information provided during our review.  
We were informed that, as the new performance spreadsheet and committee reporting process is being rolled out, the definition sheets are being reviewed and vetted by Business
and Digital, although we noted that some of the issues identified above related to indicators for Services which had already been subject to this process.  
We also noted that a definition sheet was generally not prepared for the LGBF indicators as the Improvement Service has prepared definitions, however, we consider that a definition
sheet should be prepared for these indicators as it will provide further information to staff on corporate expectations re-the calculation methodology to be used, data sources, etc.  
There was also previously an annual data quality process in place for performance indicators to ensure that indicators were correctly calculated in line with the definition sheet and
accurately reported.  This process involved the Calculating and Verification Officers completing ‘forms A and B’ once the year-end performance indicator results had been calculated
and contained a series of questions requiring ‘sign-off’ by each officer as confirmation of they had undertaken the appropriate checks, recorded the results and provided explanations
for variances, as appropriate.  We understand that this process has been adapted and will be included as part of the ‘How To’ guide.  This process has not yet been implemented,
however, Business and Digital management confirmed that completed ‘forms A and B’ have been requested from the four Services who have reported to Committee as part of the
corporate process.  As this is an annual year-end process, it will not be fully implemented until the 2022/23 year-end.
The lack of knowledge by the Calculating and Verification Officers within Services of their roles and responsibilities and the data quality process is substantiated through our detailed
review of a sample of 11 performance indicators where we identified issues with the calculations for five of the indicators, including the reported figures not reconciling with the
supporting documentation for three indicators; the Service identifying an error in the calculation prior to providing the supporting documentation for two indicators; an error in the
calculation of the denominator and omission of some data as the records had not been fully updated for one indicator.  This resulted in some of the performance spreadsheets not
being updated correctly by Services.  We also noted that the definition for two indicators was not consistent with what was actually being measured and that Services did not have
any separate procedures/ guidelines explaining how the indicator was to be calculated for 10 indicators. 
(continued over page)  
Page 92 of 174

Page 93

https://nlcgov.sharepoint.com/sites/AUR-INTERNALAUDITFILES/Shared Documents/Planned Work/2021-22/0900.2022.009 Performance Management/A - FINDINGS AND REPORT/A10a 20221013 Performance Management Final report.docx
9
3. Action Plan (continued) Performance Management 0900/2022/009 
Implication Recommendation Priority Management response Implementation
Month/Year
If officers involved in the
calculation and
verification process are
not fully aware of their
responsibilities,
performance
information may be of
poor quality and/or not
prepared on a timely
basis.
The Head of Business and Digital should ensure that:
(1) the guidance in relation to Calculating Officer and
Verification Officer responsibilities is completed and
issued, and that appropriate engagement is undertaken
with all relevant staff in Services to raise awareness of
their responsibilities in relation to performance
information, including the requirement to ensure the
accuracy of calculation of performance indicators; 
(2) Services are reminded of the need to prepare
performance information definition sheets for all
indicators (including LGBF indicators), including that
these must be fully completed, contain accurate
information and be subject to review on a regular basis
to ensure they remain up-to-date; and 
(3) the planned annual data quality process is fully
implemented.
Medium Agree
Katrina Hassell, Head of Business and Digital and all Heads
of Service
(1) The guidance for Calculation and Verifications Officers roles
and responsibilities is now complete.  Since the audit, user
acceptance testing has taken place with several CO/VOs for
ease of use, understanding and implementation.  Stakeholder
feedback has informed the final version of the guidance.
(2) The need to have (and ensure an annual update to) indicator
definitions was reiterated to Services when standing back up
the data collection process.  A set of indicator definitions
already exists nationally (developed by the Improvement
Service) for the suite of LGBF indicators, and it is not the
intention to duplicate this work.  Where it is appropriate to do
so (the Council is the data owner, and where the data
collection process is not part of another already established
national process), Services will be asked to produce relevant
indicator definitions.
(3) Re-establishing the data quality process is in line with
timescales agreed with the Chief Executive.  Reporting will be
re-established to Service committees in cycle 1 of 2023.  The
process for 2021/22 will be concluded in time for cycle 1
reporting to committee.  The 2022/23 process will revert back
to having a scheduled set of deadlines. 
January 2023 
Page 93 of 174

Page 94

https://nlcgov.sharepoint.com/sites/AUR-INTERNALAUDITFILES/Shared Documents/Planned Work/2021-22/0900.2022.009 Performance Management/A - FINDINGS AND REPORT/A10a 20221013 Performance Management Final report.docx
10
3. Action Plan (continued) Performance Management 0900/2022/009 
Ref Finding
5 The use of the Business Intelligence Hub (BI Hub) for interpreting and understanding performance information needs to be fully
implemented.
The Business and Digital team have developed performance spreadsheets and a corporate template for reporting performance information to Committee and this has been introduced
on a pilot basis for four Heads of Service and Business and Digital are currently in the process of rolling this new process out to all other Heads of Service.  We understand that this
is expected to be completed by June 2022. 
Business and Digital advised that further improvements are being made to the presentation of performance information for various audiences as part of the development of the
Business Intelligence Hub (BI Hub).  We were informed that arrangements were well underway for mapping the performance information for one service to the BI Hub, and that once
this had been implemented, it would be replicated for all Heads of Service.  We were provided with a timeline which states that this exercise is expected to be completed by July
2022. 
Implication Recommendation Priority Management response Implementation
Month/Year
Digital solutions to improve
the preparation and
interrogation of performance
data may not be utilised to
ensure the efficient and
effective use of resources.
Business and Digital should review
planned progress of the
implementation of performance
information for all Heads of Service
into the BI Hub and ensure a
realistic timescale is set for
completion of this exercise.
Low Partially Agree
Katrina Hassell, Head of Business and Digital 
The development of the SPF sits within a wider project plan for the BI Hub and,
as a result, has a number of dependencies.  The audit finding presented above
only provides part of the picture regarding the integration of the SPF into the
wider BI Hub project.  The audit recommendation is not presented within the full
context of the BI Hub development.  Since the audit, phase 1 of the process in
terms of data mapping has now been completed and the system integrator is
currently undertaking work to further develop these.  
Internal Audit Comment: we recognise that the BI Hub is a corporate wide
project, and the SPF is only a small part of that.  For the purpose of this
audit review, we only concentrated on the progress of implementation for
performance being recorded in the BI Hub.  The full extent of the BI Hub
project was outwith the scope of this exercise. 
March 2023  
Page 94 of 174

Page 95

https://nlcgov.sharepoint.com/sites/AUR-INTERNALAUDITFILES/Shared Documents/Planned Work/2021-22/0900.2022.009 Performance Management/A - FINDINGS AND REPORT/A10a 20221013
Performance Management Final report.docx 11
Appendix 1 – Audit Grading
Audit reports are graded with an overall assurance opinion, and any issues and associated
recommendations are classified individually to denote their relative importance, in accordance with
the definitions in the tables below. 
Definition of audit assurance and recommendation categories
Assurance Confidence based on sufficient evidence that internal controls are in place, operating
effectively and objectives are being achieved. 
Assurance opinion
Green Substantial
Assurance
A sound system of governance, risk management and control exists, with
internal controls operating effectively and being consistently applied to
support the achievement of objectives in the area audited.
Green-Amber Reasonable
Assurance
There is a generally sound system of governance, risk management and
control in place. Some issues, non-compliance or scope for improvement were
identified which may put at risk the achievement of objectives in the area
audited.
Amber-Red Limited
Assurance
Significant gaps, weaknesses or non-compliance were identified.
Improvement is required to the system of governance, risk management and
control to effectively manage risks to the achievement of objectives in the
area audited.
Red No
Assurance
Immediate action is required to address fundamental gaps, weaknesses or
non-compliance identified. The system of governance, risk management and
control is inadequate to effectively manage risks to the achievement of
objectives in the area audited. 
Organisational impact
Major The weaknesses identified during the review have left the Council open to significant risk.  If
the risk materialises it would have a major impact upon the organisation as a whole.
Moderate The weaknesses identified during the review have left the Council open to medium risk.  If the
risk materialises it would have a moderate impact upon the organisation as a whole.
Minor The weaknesses identified during the review have left the Council open to low risk.  If the risk
materialises it would have a minor impact upon the organisation as a whole. 
Recommendation priority
High
Significant control failure or weakness that, if not addressed, may lead to a major financial,
operational or reputational risk to the organisation and/or significantly impact the successful
delivery and achievement of the objectives of the area under review.  Urgent/Immediate action
is required.
Medium
Control failure or weakness that, if not addressed, may lead to a moderate financial,
operational or reputational risk to the organisation.  Weakness may be individually significant
but is unlikely to affect the successful delivery and achievement of the overall objectives of the
area under review.  The risk of error would, however, be significantly reduced if corrective
action was taken.  Prompt action is required.  
Low
Control failure or weakness that may lead to a minor financial, operational or reputational risk
to the organisation.  Weakness does not appear to significantly affect the ability to meet
objectives.  Minor issue raised to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of controls. 
Page 95 of 174

Page 96

https://nlcgov.sharepoint.com/sites/AUR-INTERNALAUDITFILES/Shared Documents/Planned Work/2021-22/0900.2022.009 Performance Management/A - FINDINGS AND REPORT/A10a 20221013
Performance Management Final report.docx 12
Appendix 2 – Performance Indicators Reviewed 
Sample Service Level Indicator
Performance indicators selected from Services involved in the pilot exercise
1 Business and Digital 3 Service desk - % of tickets logged through the self-help portal
2 Environmental Assets 2 Volunteering - cash equivalent of number of hours delivered
3 Environmental Assets 3 Cost of street cleaning per 1,000 population
4 Financial Solutions 2 % of income due from NDR that was received by the end of the
year
5 Regulatory and Waste 3 Refuse collection complaints, all categories - number of
complaints per 1,000 household visits
6 Regulatory and Waste 3 Trading standards, consumer complaints - % dealt with within
14 days of receipt
Performance indicators selected from SPF for Services not involved in the pilot exercise
7
Enterprise and Growth
(Planning and
Regeneration)
2 Town centre vacancy rates - % of vacant commercial units as
a % of total units for the local authority town centre
8
Education and Families
(Asset and Procurement
Solutions)
2 School meal uptake - % uptake over all programmes
9 Adult Health and Social
Care 2 Care home placements, age 65+, at end of quarter –
placements per 1,000 population
10 Education and Families
(Education) 2 Community learning and development programmes - % of
adult learners enrolled from the 20% most deprived areas
11
Enterprise and Growth
(Planning and
Regeneration)
3 Commercial planning applications – cost per application
12 Adult Health and Social
Care 3 Home care – cost per hour for people over aged 65 or over  
Page 96 of 174

Page 97

https://nlcgov.sharepoint.com/sites/AUR-INTERNALAUDITFILES/Shared Documents/Planned Work/2021-22/0900.2022.009 Performance Management/A - FINDINGS AND REPORT/A10a 20221013 Performance Management Final report.docx
13
Appendix 3 – National Audit Office Good Practice Criteria for Performance Measurement 
Activity Good Practice Criteria
Developing a performance measurement framework
Aims of the
organisation
and aims for
the
framework
Statutory and other high-level objectives are translated into more specific and measurable lower-level objectives.  There should be a clear line-of-sight
from high to low levels.
The purpose and building blocks of the framework, and what it does/does not cover, should be clear and well understood.
The performance measurement framework focuses on strategic and other main objectives.
There should be arrangements with other organisations, where objectives are shared or common.
Linking the
framework
and the
business
The performance measurement system is well integrated with business planning, budgetary and operational processes
The roles and responsibilities of the board and others within the organisation for performance measurement should be clear.  There should be clear and
open communication channels between different parts of the performance measurement framework.
The links between inputs, outputs and outcomes are well understood (through for example logic or causal models). Delivery maps are developed to show
how required actions will be delivered.
The resourcing needs, including information and information technology requirements, are well understood and considered in decisions about the
framework.  The costs of the performance measurement framework, including information collection, should be proportionate to the benefits that it provides.
Performance
indicators
It is clear (including externally) what performance indicators are being used.  There are stated rationales and clear processes for selecting performance
indicators.  Performance indicators are prioritised if necessary.
Performance indicators are relevant to the outcomes the organisation seeks to achieve.  The performance measures give a balanced overall picture of
what the organisation is doing, covering all significant areas of work.  Performance indicators link overall business performance to the performance of
individual business units, teams and activities.
The framework incorporates leading indicators or forecasts of performance, where this might be appropriate.
The activity measured is capable of being influenced by actions which can be attributed to the organisation.  The influence on outcomes that the organisation
exerts are separated from other influences on those outcomes.
The framework monitors the success of significant change within the business.
Feedback
and learning
The performance measurement framework is tested when first implemented, and where subsequent changes are made to it. 
There should be processes for managing change to the performance measurement system. Sufficient time should be allowed for the framework to 'bed in'
before changes are made.
The framework should be robust to withstand organisational changes or personnel leaving.
There are mechanisms for learning about performance measurement within and from outside the organisation.  Managers and staff at various levels should
be involved in planning, implementing and challenging the system.  The framework is informed by feedback from external stakeholders.  
Page 97 of 174

Page 98

https://nlcgov.sharepoint.com/sites/AUR-INTERNALAUDITFILES/Shared Documents/Planned Work/2021-22/0900.2022.009 Performance Management/A - FINDINGS AND REPORT/A10a 20221013 Performance Management Final report.docx
14
Appendix 3 (continued) – National Audit Office Good Practice Criteria for Performance Measurement 
Activity Good Practice Criteria
Reporting Performance Information
Data quality
The measure has a clear, unambiguous definition so that data will be collected consistently, and is easy to understand and use. 
The performance indicators and supporting information are well documented, to allow for validation.  There are systems of control to check that data is
accurate, reliable and robust
Baselines are set for measuring performance against indicators.  Measures are capable of comparison with either past periods or similar programmes
elsewhere.
Data is produced frequently enough to track progress and quickly enough for the data to still be useful. Management decides on the appropriate balance
between timely and accurate data, where these may conflict.
The performance measurement framework draws appropriately on different data sources, including external sources where cost-effective.  Performance
information collected is relevant and proportionate to the purposes of the framework.
Reporting in
context
The organisation articulates success criteria for performance measures, with a stated rationale and clear process for selecting those criteria.
Performance against indicators should be benchmarked against, for example, similar organisations or functions.
Presenting
with analysis
and insight
The organisation makes sufficient allowance (time and resources) for analysing and interpreting data.
The information being collected (and presented) should be appropriate to, and useful for, (each of) the stakeholders who are likely to use it.
The organisation has clear and structured rationale and processes for deciding what information to report internally, and what to report publicly.
Performance information is presented in a way that is accessible and draws attention to the most important issues.  Presentation includes structured
analysis of performance information and includes insights into the factors influencing performance, and what the organisation is able to influence.
Using Performance Information
Linking
performance
and financial
information
The performance measurement framework links performance and financial information (for example through Activity-Based Costing).
Management uses linkages between performance and financial information to assess value for money.
Guiding
decision-
making
The board is committed to performance measurement and has a clear approach to use of the performance measurement framework.  The board reviews
the performance measurement system periodically to satisfy itself that the board's needs are met and that its benefits exceed the costs.
Performance measurement framework outputs feed into objectives and business planning.  The framework helps to promote good governance and scrutiny
of performance by non-executives and others.
There should be processes to check for unintended outcomes (for example matters falling outside of established indicators).
Creating a
performance
measurement
culture
The organisation should promote and maintain a culture of performance measurement within the organisation 
Page 98 of 174

Page 99

https://nlcgov.sharepoint.com/sites/AUR-INTERNALAUDITFILES/Shared Documents/Planned Work/2022-23/0900.2023.007 - Income and Cash Collection/A - FINDINGS
AND REPORT/A06 20221025 Cash Collection Final report v1.0 as issued.docx  1 
INTERNAL AUDIT REPORT 
INCOME AND CASH COLLECTION – CASH OFFICES 
Contents  
1. Executive Summary 2. Findings and Recommendations 3. Action Plan
Appendix 1:   Audit grading  
Issued to: Head of Housing Solutions (points 1 and 2) and Head of Financial Solutions (points 3 and 4)
Copied to: Business Finance Manager, Customer Service Manager, Chief Executive and Deputy Chief
Executive 
Headlines
The purpose of this audit was to provide independent assurance on the adequacy and effectiveness of the
Council’s management arrangement and key controls in relation to income and cash collection activities.  The
review focused on whether all cash/income received by the Council is properly recorded in the Council’s
financial systems and is regularly reconciled to amounts recorded within the cash receipting system.  We also
assessed whether all cash/income is held securely and banked timeously and whether there are appropriate
security arrangements in place within the cash offices to prevent/discourage thefts and to address the safety
and security of staff. 
The review comprises two separate exercises – one focused on cash offices and another on leisure sites.  This
report relates to the review undertaken in respect of cash offices.  A further separate report in respect of leisure
sites will be issued at a later date.
Management responsibility for the staffing and operation of cash offices/First Stop Shops lies with Housing
Solutions, with the responsibility for banking reconciliations and administration of the cash receipting system
lying with Financial Solutions.
Our work involved visiting three separate cash offices where we undertook a range of checks on different
aspects of cash collection activity with the aim of providing assurance to management on compliance with
expected controls and procedures.  Testing was also undertaken to assess the adequacy of controls exercised
by the Controls and Reconciliations Team who are responsible for reviewing/ monitoring cash collection activity
and the reconciliation of monies collected/banked.
Based on the results of our work, we have categorised this audit as offering ‘substantial assurance’ meaning
we consider that the control environment is adequate and has operated substantially as intended with any
control issues or weaknesses identified presenting only a low risk to the control environment.  
We were pleased to note that all cash/income received by the Council is being properly recorded in the
Council’s financial systems and is being regularly reconciled to amounts recorded within the cash receipting
system.  We also noted that all cash/income is held securely and banked timeously and there are appropriate
security arrangements in place within the cash offices to prevent/discourage thefts and to address the safety
and security of staff.
We have however identified a small number of areas where scope for further improvement exists and
accordingly, we have made a number of recommendations for management attention.  This includes that
management should ensure that monthly discrepancy and reversal reports are produced and reviewed in a
timely manner. 
Internal Audit Opinion (see definition at Appendix 1) Substantial assurance (Green) 
Organisational impact (see definition at Appendix 1) Minor 
Report status FINAL Audit ref 0900/2023/007 Date issued 25/10/22
Audit Team Lynn McCrum, Paula Hendry, Hugh Shevlin and Elizabeth Sweeney 
Page 99 of 174

Page 100

https://nlcgov.sharepoint.com/sites/AUR-INTERNALAUDITFILES/Shared Documents/Planned Work/2022-23/0900.2023.007 - Income and Cash Collection/A - FINDINGS
AND REPORT/A06 20221025 Cash Collection Final report v1.0 as issued.docx  2 
1.  Executive Summary 
Objectives
The purpose of this audit was to provide assurance on the adequacy and effectiveness of the Council’s
management arrangement and key controls for income and cash collection activities.  The key control objectives
reviewed and tested during the audit considered whether:
• all cash/income received by the Council is properly recorded in the Council’s financial systems and
regularly reconciled to amounts recorded within the cash receipting system and other accounting systems
as required by relevant Service guidance;
• all cash/income is held securely and banked timeously; and
• appropriate security arrangements are in place within the cash collection facilities to prevent/discourage
thefts and to address the safety and security of staff.
Substantive testing was carried out at three cash offices (Bellshill, Motherwell and Kilsyth) using a standard
audit programme based on the current cash collection operating practices.  We also reviewed the adequacy of
the management/monitoring of cash collection activity undertaken by Cash Office management, including
management checks on key records, reversals and discrepancies and security related issues.  In addition, we
assessed the adequacy of the additional monitoring of reversals and reconciliation of income collected
undertaken by the Controls and Reconciliations team.
In addition to this exercise being carried out for cash offices, testing was also carried out at two leisure sites
and a separate report will be issued in due course to relevant Service management for consideration.
This engagement has been conducted in accordance with the ‘Public Sector Internal Audit Standards’. The
Internal Audit section reports formally on conformance with these standards to the Audit and Scrutiny Panel. 
2.  Findings and Recommendations 
Number and category of recommendations raised
(see definition of priority at Appendix 1)   
High Medium Low
0 1 3 
Key areas requiring management action (High)
There have been no key areas requiring urgent management action identified. 
Good practice identified
We noted the following areas of good practice during the audit:
• Cash receipting and security procedures have been circulated to all cash office staff and training provided
on a regular basis to ensure all staff are aware of their responsibilities and expected controls.
• Regular management checks on the completion of key documentation are undertaken by the Team
Leaders at each cash office and by cash office management on a rolling basis throughout the year.
• All income received is reconciled to transactions processed through the cash receipting system.
• Reconciliations between the financial ledger and bank statements, which are appropriately documented
and balanced, are carried out promptly after the end of each financial period by staff independent of the
cash collection process and reviewed by a senior member of staff. 
Other areas for improvement (Medium)
One area for improvement was identified as follows:  
• Management should ensure that monthly discrepancy and reversal reports are produced and reviewed in
a timely manner.
Page 100 of 174

Page 101

https://nlcgov.sharepoint.com/sites/AUR-INTERNALAUDITFILES/Shared Documents/Planned Work/2022-23/0900.2023.007 - Income and Cash Collection/A - FINDINGS AND REPORT/A06 20221025 Cash Collection Final report v1.0 as issued.docx  3
3. Action Plan Income and Cash Collection (Cash Offices) 0900/2023/007 
Ref Finding
1 Management should ensure that monthly discrepancy and reversal reports are produced and reviewed in a timely manner.
We reviewed the processes in place for reviewing and checking the monthly discrepancies and reversals reports and noted that at the time of the audit (September 2022) the
last reports to be produced and reviewed were for March 2022.  We understand that there have been issues with regards to the move to Microsoft Office 365/SharePoint and
incompatibility with the existing database which has resulted in the monthly discrepancies and reversals reports being unable to be run.  Management have advised that there
have been ongoing discussions with Business and Digital to try to resolve the issues and in the interim that work is underway by the Revenue and Benefits Manager (Business
Development and Performance) to identify a ‘work-around’ to enable the reports to be run and thereafter reviewed.
The reports referenced above enable management to analyse and track reversals and discrepancies by cashier and identify any trends and/or training issues.  Although this
analysis is not currently being undertaken, the Operations Manager advised that the expected process for recording and reviewing individual discrepancies is still operating
with completed forms being forwarded to the Operations Manager.  In lieu of this report, a manual review is being undertaken by the Operations Manager to identify any issues
or trends and action taken as appropriate.  Reversals are actioned as they occur at the cash office and as well as the review of the above-mentioned report, a ‘reversals (wide
history) report’ is reviewed by the Controls and Reconciliations team to ensure reversals are appropriately dealt with thereby providing a compensatory control in the interim.
Implication Recommendation Priority Management response Implementation
Month/Year
If reports are not run on a regular
basis, discrepancies and reversals
may not be identified and the basis
and/or underlying explanations for
the discrepancies and/or reversals
may not be properly investigated and
appropriate action taken.
The Head of Housing Solutions should
ensure that the discrepancies and
reversals reports are produced and
thereafter reviewed on a monthly basis. 
This should include the retrospective
review of all entries since April 2022 that
have not yet been subject to formal
review.
Medium Agree
Lynda Donnelly, Customer Services Manager
Due to issues migrating the discrepancy database to Microsoft
Teams, the usual automated reports cannot be uploaded,
however during this time all discrepancies and reversals have
been reviewed manually by Team Leaders and the Operations
Manager. 
Due to the small number of discrepancies, it is feasible to
continue with manual reviews.  These will now be recorded in an
Excel spreadsheet, giving the Team Leaders and Operations
Manager an overview of each individual member of staffs
performance.
The Excel spreadsheet will be set up in early  November and will
include all discrepancies and reversals from April 2022. 
November 2022 
Page 101 of 174

Page 102

https://nlcgov.sharepoint.com/sites/AUR-INTERNALAUDITFILES/Shared Documents/Planned Work/2022-23/0900.2023.007 - Income and Cash Collection/A - FINDINGS AND REPORT/A06 20221025 Cash Collection Final report v1.0 as issued.docx  4
3. Action Plan (continued) Income and Cash Collection (Cash Offices) 0900/2023/007 
Ref Finding
2 We identified a small number of areas of non-compliance with expected security procedures and/or issues regarding the security
arrangements within cash offices.
We reviewed the security arrangements in place within the selected cash offices and are satisfied that the procedures are adequate and are generally being complied with.  We
did, however, note a small number of areas of non-compliance with some aspects of the expected security procedures and/or areas for improvement in the current security
arrangements.  The most significant of these include:
• five occasions where there was no record of the Controls and Reconciliations section having been notified by the cash office that the scheduled uplift of monies to be
banked did not take place or the explanation as to why this was the case; 
• one office (Bellshill) where the door to the secured area housing the safe was open during working hours with the exception of lunchtime when it was closed and locked.
• one office (Bellshill) where a mobile phone was observed in the cash office area and not stored in the locked drawer;
• one office (Motherwell) where the form used to log the Keypad Battery checks did not include space for a signature when checked; and
• two offices (Motherwell and Kilsyth) where the form used to log the Panic Alarm Maintenance checks was not fully completed as the outcome of the checks was not always
documented.
We also noted one office (Kilsyth) where, due to the location of the CCTV Hard Drive, checks are carried out by Housing staff rather than cash office staff and the cash office
do not receive confirmation that the checks have taken place.  However, we have been advised that going forward the Team Leader plans on carrying out periodic checks on
this and has also requested that Housing staff sign the CCTV check sheet to confirm that the checks have been carried out.
Implication Recommendation Priority Management response Implementation
Month/Year
If security arrangements
are not properly adhered to,
there is an increased risk of
theft and/or
misappropriation of monies
and/or risks to the safety
and security of staff.
Where uplifts do not take
place as scheduled,
insurance limits on the cash
office’s safe may be
breached.
The Head of Housing Solutions should ensure that:
(1) staff are reminded of the importance of ensuring that, where
an uplift does not take place as scheduled, the Controls and
Reconciliations section are promptly notified by e-mail of this
including the reason(s) why;
(2) staff are reminded of the procedures in place with regards to
security access for areas containing the safe and for storing
mobile phones outwith the cash office area;
(3) the correct forms are being used in all cash offices to log Key
Battery checks and Panic Alarm Maintenance checks and
remind staff of the importance of ensuring that these forms
are fully completed and signed in respect of each check
undertaken; and
(4) the proposed periodic checks on CCTV Hard Drive at Kilsyth
Cash Office are carried out by the Team Leader and CCTV
check sheet signed by Housing staff where they carry out
CCTV checks.
Low Agree
Lynda Donnelly, Customer Services Manager
(1) Staff will be reminded of the importance to
e-mail Controls and Reconciliations section
when cash collections do not take place.
(2) Staff will be reminded to ensure safe doors
must always be secure and mobile phones
should not be stored within the cash office.
(3) Staff will also be reminded to fully complete
the key battery and panic alarm check forms.
(4) Staff at Kilsyth Cash Office will be reminded
to ensure the periodic checks on CCTV hard
drive are carried out by the Team Leader and
CCTV check sheet signed by Housing staff
where they carry out the CCTV checks. 
November 2022  
Page 102 of 174

Page 103

https://nlcgov.sharepoint.com/sites/AUR-INTERNALAUDITFILES/Shared Documents/Planned Work/2022-23/0900.2023.007 - Income and Cash Collection/A - FINDINGS AND REPORT/A06 20221025 Cash Collection Final report v1.0 as issued.docx  5
3. Action Plan (continued) Income and Cash Collection (Cash Offices) 0900/2023/007 
Ref Finding
3 Reconciliations are not always being undertaken on a timely basis.
We reviewed the arrangements in place within the cash offices and Controls and Reconciliations section with regards to cash collection and are satisfied that the procedures in
place are generally being complied with.  We did, however, note that whilst Cashbook Receipt Journal reconciliations are undertaken for each working day, these are not being
undertaken timeously (expected to be completed within a week) and tend to be 2-3 weeks after the date cash was collected.  In addition, we identified two cases where the
daily ‘End of Day Credit and Debit Card Reconciliation’ was completed but the date of completion was not recorded. 
Implication Recommendation Priority Management response Implementation
Month/Year
There is an increased
risk that any issues,
errors or discrepancies
arising would not be
identified and corrected
in a timely manner.
The Head of Financial Solutions should
remind Controls and Reconciliations staff
that the daily reconciliations should be
undertaken timeously and thereafter dated.
Low Agree
Bernie Rowan, Control & Reconciliations Supervisor
At the time of the audit there were a number of vacancies and staff seconded
to other finance sections, which meant cashbooks were not being processed
as timeously as normal.  However, with staffing resources back to normal
levels, as well as managing operational requirements, processing of
cashbooks is back in line with expectations.  The position in respect of
timeliness of cashbook reconciliations is kept under continuous review.
Staff have been reminded of the requirement to ensure that reconciliations
are completed and dated accordingly. 
October 2022 
Page 103 of 174

Page 104

https://nlcgov.sharepoint.com/sites/AUR-INTERNALAUDITFILES/Shared Documents/Planned Work/2022-23/0900.2023.007 - Income and Cash Collection/A - FINDINGS AND REPORT/A06 20221025 Cash Collection Final report v1.0 as issued.docx  6
3. Action Plan (continued)  Income and Cash Collection (Cash Offices) 0900/2023/007 
Ref Finding
4 The password parameters for the cash receipting system are not in line with best practice.
Best practice states that the minimum recommended length of a password should be at least eight characters and should use a mix of numbers, letters, upper- and lower-case
characters.  We noted that while the parameters for the password complexity for the cash receipting system generally comply with best practice, it only requires that the
password be a minimum length of seven characters.
Implication Recommendation Priority Management response Implementation
Month/Year
If the password parameters are
not in line with best practice,
there is an increased risk that
the password could be
compromised.
The Head of Financial Solutions should review
the password parameters of the cash receipting
system to ascertain whether the minimum
required length can be increased to reflect best
practice and update accordingly.
Low Agree
Bernie Rowan, Control & Reconciliations Supervisor
Service will review the password parameters of the cash
receipting system and will update to increase the minimum
length of passwords to eight characters to reflect best practice. 
December 2022
Page 104 of 174

Page 105

https://nlcgov.sharepoint.com/sites/AUR-INTERNALAUDITFILES/Shared Documents/Planned Work/2022-23/0900.2023.007 - Income and Cash Collection/A - FINDINGS
AND REPORT/A06 20221025 Cash Collection Final report v1.0 as issued.docx  7
Appendix 1 - Audit Grading
Audit reports are graded with an overall assurance opinion, and any issues and associated
recommendations are classified individually to denote their relative importance, in accordance with
the definitions in the tables below. 
Definition of audit assurance and recommendation categories
Assurance Confidence based on sufficient evidence that internal controls are in place, operating
effectively and objectives are being achieved. 
Assurance opinion
Green Substantial
Assurance
A sound system of governance, risk management and control exists, with
internal controls operating effectively and being consistently applied to
support the achievement of objectives in the area audited.
Green - Amber Reasonable
Assurance
There is a generally sound system of governance, risk management and
control in place. Some issues, non-compliance or scope for improvement were
identified which may put at risk the achievement of objectives in the area
audited.
Amber - Red Limited
Assurance
Significant gaps, weaknesses or non-compliance were identified.
Improvement is required to the system of governance, risk management and
control to effectively manage risks to the achievement of objectives in the
area audited.
Red No
Assurance
Immediate action is required to address fundamental gaps, weaknesses or
non-compliance identified. The system of governance, risk management and
control is inadequate to effectively manage risks to the achievement of
objectives in the area audited. 
Organisational impact
Major The weaknesses identified during the review have left the Council open to significant risk.  If
the risk materialises it would have a major impact upon the organisation as a whole.
Moderate The weaknesses identified during the review have left the Council open to medium risk.  If the
risk materialises it would have a moderate impact upon the organisation as a whole.
Minor The weaknesses identified during the review have left the Council open to low risk.  If the risk
materialises it would have a minor impact upon the organisation as a whole. 
Recommendation priority
High
Significant control failure or weakness that, if not addressed, may lead to a major financial,
operational or reputational risk to the organisation and/or significantly impact the successful
delivery and achievement of the objectives of the area under review.  Urgent/Immediate action
is required.
Medium
Control failure or weakness that, if not addressed, may lead to a moderate financial,
operational or reputational risk to the organisation.  Weakness may be individually significant
but is unlikely to affect the successful delivery and achievement of the overall objectives of the
area under review.  The risk of error would, however, be significantly reduced if corrective
action was taken.  Prompt action is required.  
Low
Control failure or weakness that may lead to a minor financial, operational or reputational risk
to the organisation.  Weakness does not appear to significantly affect the ability to meet
objectives.  Minor issue raised to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of controls. 
Page 105 of 174

Page 106

https://nlcgov.sharepoint.com/sites/AUR-INTERNALAUDITFILES/Shared Documents/Planned Work/2022-23/0200.2023.002 - Debtors - Debt Management/A - FINDINGS AND REPORT/A07a
20221031Debtors Final report v1.0 as issued.docx 1 
INTERNAL AUDIT REPORT 
SUNDRY DEBTORS/ DEBT MANAGEMENT 
Contents  
1. Executive Summary 2. Findings and Recommendations 3. Action Plan
Appendix 1:   Audit grading Appendix 2: Examples of inefficient/ineffective debt management
Issued to: Head of Financial Solutions, Business Finance Manager (Resources and Payments) and Debt
Recovery Manager    Copied to: Chief Executive, Deputy Chief Executive and all Heads of Service 
Headlines
The purpose of this audit was to provide assurance that the Council has adequate, robust and effective
management arrangements in place for ensuring that the management of debtors is appropriately and
effectively controlled.
The effective management and collection of debts is an essential contributor to the Council’s financial resources
and helps maximise income available to fund essential services.  To achieve this, the Council aims to issue
invoices, where appropriate, and collect all debt owing to it promptly, effectively and efficiently whilst ensuring
fair and equitable treatment to debtors in line with approved policies.
During financial year 2021-22, 115,844 invoices totalling £114,361,939 were raised.  Although collection rates
are generally very high (the debt collection rate for the last four years is 97%), as at 30 September 2022, 33,504
invoices totalling £13 million (raised in any financial year) were outstanding, with £5 million of these outstanding
in excess of 12 months.
Based on the results of our work during this review, we are satisfied that Services are generally proactive in
seeking to minimise debts wherever possible by requiring payment in advance, and that generally effective
controls exist in relation to raising invoices and the debt write-off process. This indicates that some aspects of
the control environment are adequate and operating effectively, and when coupled with the high collection rate
noted above, would tend towards us concluding that a ‘reasonable assurance’ audit opinion might be
appropriate. 
However, this review has also identified significant deficiencies in several aspects of the control environment
under review.  Areas of weakness include inadequate or out-of-date procedures/guidance notes, credit notes
lacking sufficient detail as to why they are required, and limited performance information and performance
monitoring.  In addition, there has been little action taken to address the recommendations raised in the
previous audit report issued in 2019 which received a limited assurance audit opinion.  Indeed, in some areas,
(such as those relating to the passing of outstanding debts for legal action) the control environment has
deteriorated further.  As a result, we have again categorised this audit as offering ‘limited assurance’.  
Overall, we consider there is an urgent need to strengthen the robustness and effectiveness of many aspects
of the debt recovery control framework and consequently we have recommended that management formally
review all aspects of the Council’s debt management framework, including relevant policy, procedures and
detailed operational arrangements with a view to improving the efficiency, timeliness, effectiveness and equity
of the Council’s current approach to debt management.  This recommendation is detailed in section 3 of the
audit report. 
Internal Audit Opinion (see definition at Appendix 1) Limited assurance (Amber-Red) 
Organisational impact  (see definition at Appendix 1) Moderate 
Report status FINAL Audit ref 0200/2023/002 Date issued 31/10/22
Audit Team Lesley Armstrong, Paula Hendry, Jackie Struthers and Hugh Shevlin 
Page 106 of 174

Page 107

https://nlcgov.sharepoint.com/sites/AUR-INTERNALAUDITFILES/Shared Documents/Planned Work/2022-23/0200.2023.002 - Debtors - Debt Management/A - FINDINGS AND REPORT/A07a
20221031Debtors Final report v1.0 as issued.docx 2
1.  Executive Summary 
Objectives
The purpose of this audit was to provide assurance that the Council has adequate, robust and effective
management arrangements in place for ensuring that the management of debtors is appropriately and
effectively controlled.  In particular, we considered the following:
• Adequate written policies and associated guidance covering income/debt recovery/collection and write-off
procedures exist;
• Debt management arrangements are operating effectively in line with relevant written policies and guidance
and appear efficient and cost-effective;
• All credit notes and debt write-offs are appropriately authorised; and
• Adequate and timely management information is generated in respect of debt and debt recovery to provide
a sound basis for the monitoring of performance and associated decision making. 
Substantive testing was undertaken on the Council’s debt management arrangements across all Services and
included assessing whether the Council is proactive in seeking to minimise debts wherever possible.  The audit
did not consider and/or review the arrangements in respect of debtors/debts associated with Housing Rents,
Council Tax or Non-Domestic Rates as these are subject to separate and specific arrangements and are
routinely covered by individual audit assignments.
This engagement has been conducted in accordance with the ‘Public Sector Internal Audit Standards’.  The
Internal Audit section reports formally on conformance with these standards to the Audit and Scrutiny Panel. 
2.  Findings and Recommendations 
Number and category of recommendations raised
(see definition of priority at Appendix 1)   
High Medium Low
1 0 0 
Key areas requiring management action (High)
One key area requiring urgent management action have been identified:
• There is an urgent need to strengthen the robustness and effectiveness of many aspects of the debt
recovery control framework. 
Good practice identified
We noted the following areas of good practice during the audit:
• The Council uses the ASH debtors system to retain information in relation to debtors’ invoices raised and
record debt recovery action taken. 
• ASH automatically issues an initial reminder at a pre-set timescale where invoices remain unpaid after the
payment due date;
• All credit notes entered into ASH must be authorised by a second user prior to being applied to the invoice;
and 
• As part of the annual write-off process, Services are required to submit to the Business, Development and
Performance Team a Write-Off Mandate signed by the Head of Service or other relevant manager,
indicating the number and value of invoices authorised for write-off.   The Business, Development and
Performance Team reconcile the totals on the mandate to those marked for write-off in ASH prior to
processing the write-off. 
Other areas for improvement (Medium)
No other areas for improvement were identified.
Page 107 of 174

Page 108

https://nlcgov.sharepoint.com/sites/AUR-INTERNALAUDITFILES/Shared Documents/Planned Work/2022-23/0200.2023.002 - Debtors - Debt Management/A - FINDINGS AND REPORT/A07a 20221031Debtors Final report v1.0 as issued.docx
3
3. Action Plan Sundry Debtors/Debt Management  0200/2023/002 
Ref Finding
1 There is an urgent need to strengthen the robustness and effectiveness of many aspects of the debt recovery control framework. 
Internal Audit last reported on our review of the Council’s debt management arrangements in December 2019, where we identified the need for management to review and significantly
improve the debt management framework in place.  At that time, a commitment was made by management to lead a full review of the Council’s debt management framework by
June 2020, however, such a review has not yet been undertaken, partially due to Covid, the retirement of the previous manager/changes in staffing structures and competing priorities.
As debt management was included in this year’s audit plan, we agreed with the Service that any review by them would be best put on hold until this audit work was concluded.
The Council has a Corporate Debt Policy (which had not been formally updated since 2013) and Debt Recovery Procedure manual which contain a range of information/guidance in
relation to policy, procedures and responsibilities for debtor invoices and debt recovery.  Financial Solutions management stated that the debt management framework was reviewed
and discussed at a Debt Liaison meeting, involving Service representatives, however, this had very little effect on the debt management process and resulted in only minor
amendments being made to the Debt Recovery Procedure manual.  As a result, this audit identified very similar findings to the previous audit with no significant improvement in the
debt management process.
Despite there being a 97% debt collection rate on invoices raised during the last four years, the level of total outstanding debt (for all years) as at 30 September 2022 was £13 million. 
From our review of debt management activity, we consider that the debt collected is largely due to debtors being willing to make payments upon request and not necessarily due to
efficient and effective debt recovery activity.  We, therefore, consider that the debt management processes require to be reviewed, with full consideration of the objectives, working
arrangements, staffing requirements and responsibilities for raising, controlling and recovering outstanding debt, both corporately and within Services, to ensure a more efficient,
timely, effective and equitable system of debt management and consequential maximisation of income.
Our review of a sample debt management activity identified a number of issues, as follows:
• There is generally a lack of evidence of appropriate, effective and timely follow-up/recovery action taken by Services and the Debt Recovery Team (DRT) and many invoices sit
for long periods of time without any recovery action being taken;
• The event log is not always appropriately and adequately updated to fully reflect/document the recovery action taken by Services and/or DRT;
• Instances where there appears to be inequitable treatment of debtors.  Where a policy decision has been made to charge for services, the Council welcomes payment from those
that pay promptly, but fails to adequately attempt recovery from those that choose for whatever reason not to and often continue to provide services to these debtors;
• Outstanding debt is not promptly passed to Legal and Democratic Solutions for legal action when all other attempts to recover the debt have been exhausted.  When debt is
identified for passing for legal action, it is clearly marked with a ‘legal flag’ and is shaded green on ASH to enable the DRT to undertake the appropriate checks and obtain, from
the Service, the documentation required by Legal to pursue the debt.  We noted that, for the majority of invoices which had been marked with a legal flag (some of which were
marked a number of years ago), the event log did not record whether any further action had been taken.  As a result, many of the invoices had not formally been transferred to the
Legal module on ASH and therefore, no legal action had been taken;
• Our review of performance reporting and monitoring concluded that, although a suite of reports providing performance information in relation to debt management are issued to
the Business Finance Manager (who has responsibility for the corporate DRT) and Service representatives on a quarterly basis, there is insufficient reporting and monitoring of
performance for debt recovery by management and officers.  The reports prepared are high level reports with no detailed content and our work identified that they are generally
not utilised by Services with inconsistencies in the generation, review and monitoring of performance information.  We also noted that these reports have been in place for a
number of years and no review has been undertaken to confirm their continued relevance/utility and identify the most appropriate reports to enable Services to monitor and manage
their debt more effectively;
• We consider that some of the instalment plans reviewed had excessive repayment terms, and the rationale for determining the level of payment and length of instalment plans
was not always clearly documented in the event log on ASH.  Additionally, where the debtor defaulted on the payment arrangements, prompt follow-up action was not always
taken;
• Staff are not always proactive in monitoring dispute codes and trying to resolve them.  Whilst there are often valid reasons for some dispute codes being in place for long periods
of time (e.g. write-offs, charging orders), we noted a small number of dispute codes which were continuously re-applied over lengthy periods without resolution and/or evidence of
proactive monitoring;
(Continued over page) 
Page 108 of 174

Page 109

https://nlcgov.sharepoint.com/sites/AUR-INTERNALAUDITFILES/Shared Documents/Planned Work/2022-23/0200.2023.002 - Debtors - Debt Management/A - FINDINGS AND REPORT/A07a 20221031Debtors Final report v1.0 as issued.docx
4
3. Action Plan (cont) Sundry Debtors/Debt Management  0200/2023/002 
Ref Finding
1 (Continued from previous page)
• Credit notes and/or the event log on ASH do not generally record the reason for the credit being raised, with credit notes usually restating the details recorded on the original
invoice.  Additionally, whilst credit notes require to be created and authorised by two different users, there is no management review/oversight of the credit notes raised to ensure
that they are valid and appropriate; and
• A number of Write-off Mandates were not physically signed and, where they were returned by email, the email did not always indicate authorisation of the mandate.  We also noted
that the mandate and/or supporting email was not always signed/provided by the Head of Service or other appropriately authorised manager.
During the course of our work, we identified a number of examples of inefficient and ineffective debt management and some of these are detailed at appendix 2.
We noted that there has been a degree of staff turnover within the DRT within the last few years, with staff seconded to other areas during Covid, and generally when staff leave, the
debtors’ accounts/invoices contained in their recovery/legal diaries were not always transferred to other staff and were therefore, not being routinely monitored.  Additionally, we
understand that the DRT are often in effect ‘fire-fighting’ as their recovery diaries are so full that a number of outstanding debts never get reviewed, resulting in insufficient time for
staff to review the debts contained in the legal diaries to ensure that the appropriate documentation has been received from Services to enable the debt to be passed for legal action.
Implication Recommendation Priority Management response Implementation
Month/Year
Policies and procedures may be
inadequate, resulting in
processes which do not
effectively contribute toward
maximising income. 
Debt management
arrangements may not be
operating efficiently and
effectively and may not be
applied consistently across the
Council, resulting in delays
receiving payments, loss of
income or inequitable treatment
of debtors.
Head of Financial Solutions should ensure that a formal review of the
debt management framework is undertaken to revisit and refresh all
aspects, including policy, procedures and operational arrangements
with a view to improving the efficiency, timeliness, effectiveness and
equity of the Council’s current approach to debt management.
This review should include consideration of the purpose and objectives
of debt management activity and cover areas such as:
• Establishing which activities are best done at a corporate-level and
within Services;
• Ensuring between corporate and Service roles and responsibilities
are clear and documented;
• Examining whether Services are minimising the need for raising
invoices by ensuring wherever possible that payment for good and
services is obtained in advance of service provision;
• Producing clear guidance detailing key requirements for all
aspects of the debt management process (e.g. holding appropriate
documentation to support debts raised and expectations for
monitoring outstanding debt and recording debt recovery action
taken); and
• Identification of the most effective methods for monitoring
compliance and performance of debt management activities.
High Agree 
Nicola Lynch, Business Finance
Manager 
Although Financial Solutions agree with the
overall recommendation that a review of the
debt management framework is required,
we consider that a ‘limited assurance’ audit
opinion is unwarranted, as with a 97%
collection rate it is unreasonable to suggest
that very little of this is as a result of
pro-active work being undertaken by the
debt recovery team.  
However, in response to the
recommendation made, a review will be
undertaken which will focus on the duties
which are currently being undertaken within
the Corporate Debt Team, how this can link
better with the roles of the Service Leads
and whether Legal Services should have a
more pro-active role in debt recovery.   
The Debt Recovery guidance will be
updated as appropriate following the
outcome of this review. 
April 2023 
Page 109 of 174

Page 110

https://nlcgov.sharepoint.com/sites/AUR-INTERNALAUDITFILES/Shared Documents/Planned Work/2022-23/0200.2023.002 - Debtors - Debt Management/A - FINDINGS AND REPORT/A07a
20221031Debtors Final report v1.0 as issued.docx 5
Appendix 1 - Audit Grading
Audit reports are graded with an overall assurance opinion, and any issues and associated
recommendations are classified individually to denote their relative importance, in accordance with
the definitions in the tables below.
Definition of audit assurance and recommendation categories
Assurance Confidence based on sufficient evidence that internal controls are in place, operating
effectively and objectives are being achieved. 
Assurance opinion
Green Substantial
Assurance
A sound system of governance, risk management and control exists, with
internal controls operating effectively and being consistently applied to
support the achievement of objectives in the area audited.
Green-Amber Reasonable
Assurance
There is a generally sound system of governance, risk management and
control in place. Some issues, non-compliance or scope for improvement were
identified which may put at risk the achievement of objectives in the area
audited.
Amber-Red Limited
Assurance
Significant gaps, weaknesses or non-compliance were identified.
Improvement is required to the system of governance, risk management and
control to effectively manage risks to the achievement of objectives in the
area audited.
Red No
Assurance
Immediate action is required to address fundamental gaps, weaknesses or
non-compliance identified. The system of governance, risk management and
control is inadequate to effectively manage risks to the achievement of
objectives in the area audited. 
Organisational impact
Major The weaknesses identified during the review have left the Council open to significant risk.  If
the risk materialises it would have a major impact upon the organisation as a whole.
Moderate The weaknesses identified during the review have left the Council open to medium risk.  If the
risk materialises it would have a moderate impact upon the organisation as a whole.
Minor The weaknesses identified during the review have left the Council open to low risk.  If the risk
materialises it would have a minor impact upon the organisation as a whole. 
Recommendation priority
High
Significant control failure or weakness that, if not addressed, may lead to a major financial,
operational or reputational risk to the organisation and/or significantly impact the successful
delivery and achievement of the objectives of the area under review.  Urgent/Immediate action
is required.
Medium
Control failure or weakness that, if not addressed, may lead to a moderate financial,
operational or reputational risk to the organisation.  Weakness may be individually significant
but is unlikely to affect the successful delivery and achievement of the overall objectives of the
area under review.  The risk of error would, however, be significantly reduced if corrective
action was taken.  Prompt action is required.  
Low
Control failure or weakness that may lead to a minor financial, operational or reputational risk
to the organisation.  Weakness does not appear to significantly affect the ability to meet
objectives.  Minor issue raised to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of controls. 
Page 110 of 174

Page 111

https://nlcgov.sharepoint.com/sites/AUR-INTERNALAUDITFILES/Shared Documents/Planned Work/2022-23/0200.2023.002 - Debtors - Debt Management/A - FINDINGS AND REPORT/A07a
20221031Debtors Final report v1.0 as issued.docx 6
Appendix 2 – Examples of inefficient and ineffective debt management from sample of
cases reviewed by Internal Audit 
Debtor
Number
Comments
169126
Invoice for care home fees and current outstanding balance at 29/08/22 was £28,963.65.  
Account was put in dispute on 09/03/21 as family were pursuing guardianship, however, there is no
evidence on ASH of this being followed up.  We contacted the Service to confirm whether the progress
of the guardianship was being monitored and were informed that the solicitor had requested a Mental
Health Officer report in March 2021, which was delayed and was not completed before the debtor passed
away on 04/05/22.  We were advised that the estate has not yet been settled but the Service is in ongoing
discussion with the family.  Updates on this are not being recorded on the ASH system.
75490
Invoices to NHS and current outstanding balance at 11/10/22 was £621,382 (38 invoices) with 5 invoices
totalling £262,414 outstanding since 2019.
DRT regularly send a list of all outstanding invoices to this debtor and when they make payment, they
select which invoices are to be paid.  There is no evidence of specific follow-up action for long outstanding
invoices (since 2019).
169034
Invoice for recharge of void repairs totalling £1,905.42 raised 08/04/21.
Debtor moved out of council house and provided a c/o address.  As no actual address, unable to pursue
debt and invoice put into dispute immediately after it was raised.  There is no record of any attempt to
establish the current address (i.e. checking our internal systems (Open Revenues, HSMS etc.).  As a
result of our enquiries during this audit, the dispute code has now been removed and recovery action
has now commenced.
88192
Invoice to SGN for emergency works - £11,728.27.
Phone call received from owner of property invoice was addressed to advising that invoice has been sent
to the incorrect address.  Invoice was put into dispute using the GA (gone away) code instead of the DH1
(department hold) code.  Although Service is working with SGN to resolve payment (SGN’s system keeps
rejecting the invoice as not a valid address for the business), the Event Log has not been updated on
ASH to reflect this and no-one noticed that the address was incorrectly recorded (75 Burnbank Street,
instead of 76).
70532
Invoices for Homecare raised monthly since April 2019 and current outstanding balance at 27/09/22 was
£7,050.13.
Legal Services were asked to look at possibility of court action, however the Service was unable to
provide the required documentation to proceed with legal action therefore Legal Services advised to write
the invoices off.
178518,
176283
and
196771
Invoices for overpayment of wages for three different former employees of £3120.63, £1,446.82 and
£5,011.53 respectively.
Legal flags set 14/05/19, 29/10/18 and 20/03/19 respectively but not formally transferred to Legal
Services and therefore no legal action taken.
193186
Invoice for overpayment of former Councillor salary - £4,231.89.
Councillor resigned his position but continued to be paid for 4 months resulting in the above overpayment. 
Legal flag set as passed to Legal Services by Service as solicitor involved.  Legal requested further
information from Service but Service did not respond and Legal did not pursue.  No further recovery
action taken by either the Service or Legal.
111574
Invoice for care home fees totalling £3,356.79 raised in 2010.
Service contacted Legal Services to advise on legal action as decision made regarding deprivation of
capital.  Various correspondence between Service and Legal asking for and providing updates.  In 2018,
Legal confirmed that they do not have a file, the house was no longer in the name of the debtor and the
litigation file was closed years ago.  Debt marked for write off in February 2022.
184762
Invoice for overpayment of wages for former term-time employee - £750.67.
Former employee disputed overpayment. Initially disputed as DH1 on 19/02/21 and as removed after 3
months, continually applied by Service as dispute not resolved.  Service contacted Legal Services for
advice and whether able to pursue and were informed need evidence of notification to term-time
employees of potential overpayment when employment ceases.  Service confirmed that this account had
fallen off their radar and due to the lapse in time they are likely to recommend it is written off. 
Page 111 of 174

Page 112

https://nlcgov.sharepoint.com/sites/aur-internalauditfiles/shared documents/planned work/2022-23/0900.2023.005 - equalities/a - findings & report/a05a. 20221103 equalities - final report as issued.docx 
1
INTERNAL AUDIT REPORT 
EQUALITIES 
Contents  
1. Executive Summary 2. Findings and Recommendations 3. Action Plan
Appendix 1: Audit grading Appendix 2: Equalities - statutory responsibilities and duties
Issued to: Head of People and Organisational Development and Equalities Manager
Copied to: Chief Executive and Deputy Chief Executive 
Headlines
The purpose of this audit was to provide assurance on the adequacy and effectiveness of the key controls and
management arrangements associated with ensuring that the Council complies with its statutory general and
specific equalities responsibilities as laid down in the Equalities Act 2010 (‘the Act’) and Equality Act 2010
(Specific Duties) (Scotland) Amendment Regulations 2016 (as detailed in Appendix 2 of this report).
The Council has a statutory duty under the Act and Public Sector Equality Duty (PSED) to mainstream its
equalities activities into its day-to-day functions (its ‘general equality duty’).  In accordance with this duty, the
Council has developed an Equality Strategy 2019-2024, which clearly sets out its commitment to
mainstreaming equality and human rights through five working objectives for success, together with identified
actions.
The strategy was approved by Policy & Strategy Committee in September 2019 and is closely aligned with the
Plan for North Lanarkshire (TPFNL), its subsequent Programme of Work and various key corporate strategies. 
In addition, the Council has committed to build equalities into its key decision-making processes, where
appropriate, through its expectations that decisions are informed by the use of Equality Impact Assessments
(EQIAs), the results of which require to be included in all committee reports and published on the Council’s
website.
Based on the results of our work, we have assessed the audit as providing ‘reasonable assurance’ as we
consider that the Council generally has appropriate arrangements in place to demonstrate consideration of the
PSED in mainstreaming equalities into its day-to-day functions, that there are processes in place for ensuring
that the equalities outcomes have been set and reviewed in accordance with expected timescales and that key
equalities reports have been published in accordance with the Council’s specific equality duties.
Responsibility for Equalities transferred to People and Organisational Development in April 2022, since when,
a desktop review of the existing equalities strategy and legacy programme of work has been undertaken.  The
initial findings from this review were presented to the Corporate Management Team (CMT) in October 2022
and highlighted a requirement for the Council to better articulate the focus of the equalities programme of
activities and more clearly link it to the objectives and outcomes within the Equality Strategy.  A need to be
clearer about the approaches and processes through which progress will be delivered was also identified.  The
findings of our audit work endorse this assessment and we have identified a number of areas where we
consider that there is a need to significantly improve current arrangements.  Recommendations for
management consideration/action are detailed at Section 3 of the report and include:
• current governance arrangements for equalities need reviewed and improved to ensure that they remain
fit for purpose;
• significant improvements are needed to ensure consistent and appropriate use is made of Equality Impact
Assessments (EQIAs); and
• improvements are needed to the equalities performance monitoring framework including ensuring that
comprehensive and robust information is regularly and timeously reported to key stakeholders. 
Internal Audit Opinion (see definition at Appendix 1) Reasonable assurance (Green-Amber) 
Organisational impact (see definition at Appendix 1) Moderate 
Report status FINAL Audit ref 0900/2023/005 Date issued 3/11/2022 
Audit Team Jacquie Howden and Paula Hendry  
Page 112 of 174

Page 113

https://nlcgov.sharepoint.com/sites/aur-internalauditfiles/shared documents/planned work/2022-23/0900.2023.005 - equalities/a - findings & report/a05a. 20221103 equalities - final report as issued.docx 
2
1.  Executive Summary 
Objectives
The purpose of this audit was to provide assurance on the adequacy and effectiveness of the Council’s key
controls and management arrangements associated with ensuring that the Council complies with its statutory
general and specific equalities responsibilities as laid down in the Equalities Act 2010 (‘the Act’) and Equality
Act 2010 (Specific Duties) (Scotland) Amendment Regulations 2016.  In particular, the audit sought to consider
whether the Council has:
• taken reasonable steps to embed the Public Sector Equalities Duty (PSED) (‘the general equalities duty’)
within its governance arrangements and the planning and delivery of its services; and
• addressed, or has clear plans to address in line with relevant deadlines, the key specific duties under the
Act.
Section 149 of the Equalities Act 2010 sets out the three needs of the Public Sector Equality Duty (PSED) in
mainstreaming its equalities activities in the day-to-day functions of the Council.  The associated Regulations
also impose specific duties on the Council to comply with its general equality duty.  These are covered in
Appendix 2 of this report.
Equalities is currently being progressed through the programme of Work P086 – ‘Equalities’ as well as through
a number of other related POW and activities undertaken by the Council.  This includes being incorporated into
key decision-making processes through expectations that, where appropriate, decisions are informed using
Equality Impact Assessments (EQIAs).
Work undertaken during the audit included a review of the governance arrangement for equalities, together with
consideration of the processes for ensuring that the Council can demonstrate that is has had ‘due regard’ to the
needs of the PSED in mainstreaming equalities and for ensuring that the key equalities reports (as detailed in
the specific equalities duties) are published in accordance with the statutory timescales.  We also considered
the adequacy of the process for setting, monitoring and reviewing the equality outcomes.  Some limited
substantive testing was also undertaken on a sample of corporate policies and strategies to assess the extent
to which EQIAs are being completed in accordance with corporate expectations. 
As part of this work, we have not sought to specifically assess the adequacy or effectiveness of the Council’s
identified objectives for success or its equality outcomes in mainstreaming its equalities activities.
This engagement has been conducted in accordance with the ‘Public Sector Internal Audit Standards’.  The
Internal Audit section reports formally on conformance with these standards to the Audit and Scrutiny Panel. 
2.  Findings and Recommendations 
Number and category of recommendations raised
(see definition of priority at Appendix 1)   
High Medium Low
2 1 0 
Key areas requiring management action (High)
The following key areas requiring urgent management action have been identified:
• Current governance arrangements for equalities need reviewed and improved to ensure that they remain
fit for purpose; and
• Significant improvements are needed to ensure consistent and appropriate use is made of Equality Impact
Assessments (EQIAs). 
Good practice identified
We noted the following areas of good practice during the audit:
• The Council’s equality agenda is being progressed through a number of Programmes of Work, including
P086 – Equalities, with regular reports due to be presented to Committee in accordance with the agreed
committee cycles;
• The Council’s Equality Strategy 2019-2024 is closely aligned with the Plan for North Lanarkshire (TPFNL),
its subsequent Programme of Work and various key corporate strategies.  The strategy was approved by
Policy & Strategy Committee in September 2019 and clearly sets out the Council’s commitment to
mainstream equality and human rights into its day-to-day business, through five working objectives for
success and associated actions; 
Page 113 of 174

Page 114

https://nlcgov.sharepoint.com/sites/aur-internalauditfiles/shared documents/planned work/2022-23/0900.2023.005 - equalities/a - findings & report/a05a. 20221103 equalities - final report as issued.docx 
3
Good practice identified (continued)
We noted the following areas of good practice during the audit:
• The Council’s Equalities Strategy contains clearly defined roles and responsibilities for key actors in the
Equalities agenda.  The arrangements include an Equalities Champion, responsible for providing leadership
and scrutiny and driving change in the equalities arrangements; working groups with specific responsibilities
for leading on the Equally Safe at Work and Disability Confident leader workstreams.  The Council also has
a small Equalities team which is responsible for ensuring that the Council is complying with its general and
specific duties under the Equalities Act 2010;
• In accordance with the PSED, the Council has set its evidence-based Equality Outcomes for the four-year
period 2021-2025, which are aligned to Council’s business priorities (as set in TPFNL) and the three needs
of the general equality duty.  The outcomes were approved at CMT and then by Committee in June 2021.
The Council’s Equality Outcomes are evidence based and are set every four years, with progress being
reported every two years; 
• The Council has committed to undertaking Equality Impact Assessments (EQIAs) for all proposed, new or
revised policies and practices, where appropriate, in accordance with its specific statutory duty and to
publish the results of the assessment on its website.  The Council’s approach to undertaking EQIAs also
incorporates the Fairer Scotland Duty, which requires the Council to consider how it can reduce and tackle
socio-economic disadvantages experienced by people when making strategic decisions;
• In addition, EQIAs have been formally built into the Council’s committee reporting formats and consideration
of the completion of the EQIAs require to be included in all committee reports.  Guidance on how to complete
an EQIA, together with proforma EQIA templates, are published on Connect and have been notified to
Services;
• In accordance with the Council’s specific duties, the council has published a Mainstreaming Equalities
report, which sets out the Council’s approach to mainstreaming equalities into its day-today business; an
Equality Outcomes progress report (2017-2021), an Equality Outcomes report (2021-2025), an Employment
Gathering Information report and an Equal Pay statement.  Reports require to be published every two years,
with the next reports due to be published by 30 April 2023; and
• The council has made its equality reports accessible to the public in accordance with the specific duty in
the PSED, with information available on Connect, MARS and the Council’s website. 
Other areas for improvement (Medium)
One other area for improvement was also identified: 
• Improvements are needed to the equalities performance monitoring framework, including ensuring that
comprehensive and robust information is regularly and timeously reported to key stakeholders. 
Page 114 of 174

Page 115

https://nlcgov.sharepoint.com/sites/aur-internalauditfiles/shared documents/planned work/2022-23/0900.2023.005 - equalities/a - findings & report/a05a. 20221103 equalities - final report as issued.docx 
4
3. Action Plan Equalities 0900/2023/005 
Ref Finding
1 Current governance arrangements for equalities need reviewed and improved to ensure that they remain fit for purpose.
The Equality Strategy 2019-2024 sets out the Council’s formal governance hierarchy for equalities, together with clearly defined roles and responsibilities for each group from
Committee through elected members and the Corporate Management Team (CMT) to working groups, employees and Trade Unions.  We were pleased to note that there is a
designated Equalities Champion whose responsibilities include providing leadership and scrutiny, driving change in equalities activities and for providing representation at a political
level on regional and national forums where equality matters are concerned.
In addition, there is a dedicated Equalities Team, which has been tasked with ensuring that the Council is complying with its general duty under the Equalities Act 2010 and for ensuring
that appropriate arrangements are in place around the specific equalities duties to allow the Council to mainstream equalities in its day-to-day operations.  From our work, we were
satisfied that the team is at the core of advancing all the Council’s equalities activities including collating and reporting key equalities information; liaising with Services; involvement in
the working groups tasked with taking forward elements of the equalities work; developing/reviewing the Equality Strategy, objectives for success and the equalities outcomes; and
preparing guidance for staff on the completion of EQIAs.
Our audit testing, however, also highlighted a number of areas where we consider that there is significant scope for improvement in the current governance arrangements as follows:
• The Equality Networking Group is responsible for ensuring all equality matters are advanced and fit for purpose.  However, our audit testing highlighted that the group has not met
since 2020 (when the Covid pandemic hit) and has since been stood down.  We understand that initial discussions have been held with the Head of People and Organisational
Development (POD) to replace this group with an Equality Board, but that this has not been formally taken forward to date;
• There are currently two live working groups (Equally Safe at Work and Disability Confident Leader), both of which are chaired by the Head of POD and both of which are tasked
with taking forward specific elements of the equalities agenda.  In addition, a short-life member/officer working group (Black Lives Matter) (BLM) was stood down in February 2022. 
We understand, however, that the legacy actions identified for the BLM working group are currently being taken forward by the Equalities Manager and Head of POD and will be
included in the advancing race equalities plan;
• None of the working groups had clearly defined terms of reference and there was scope for the action plans used for each group to define the current and planned actions more
clearly, the expected outcomes from each action, the performance measures to be considered in each case, the name of the officer responsible for taking any action and the
timescales for taking this action.  We also noted that there is no overarching comprehensive action plan encompassing all aspects of the equalities agenda;
• The Equality Strategy does not currently set out the Equalities Team’s roles and responsibilities; and
• Despite the role of the Equalities Team to ensure that the Council is complying with its general and specific duties under the Equalities Act 2010 to mainstream equalities in its
day-to-day operations, there is currently no over-arching monitoring/compliance role being undertaken by the team in respect of the Council’s equalities activities.
The Equalities Team transferred to People and Organisational Development in April 2022.  Since the transfer, a desktop review of the existing equalities strategy and legacy programme
of work has been undertaken with the aim of assessing the current level of progress and identifying any gaps in provision and approach.  Initial findings from this review were presented
to the Corporate Management Team (CMT) in October 2022 and highlighted a requirement for the Council to better articulate the focus of its equalities activities and more clearly link
this to the objectives and outcomes within the Equality Strategy.  Whilst it is evident that there is much activity underway by the Equalities Team and the CMT report highlights a
number of current and potential future work streams, we consider that with the recent transfer of responsibility, it would be appropriate and timely for there to be full consideration and
prioritisation of actions considered necessary to advance work in the equalities area.
The CMT report recognises that equality cannot be solely delivered by the Equalities Team and that it is the responsibility of all.  As part of this audit, we considered the extent to
which Services could demonstrate that they were considering the Council’s five equality objectives for success in their service planning and delivery arrangements.  We received
responses from only five of the 10 Heads of Service selected.  Whilst the responses received generally indicated that equalities and human rights were considered in the relevant
Service’s planning/delivery processes, in the absence of any formal monitoring of compliance with key aspects of the Equalities strategy and associated procedures, we were unable
to determine whether/the extent to which this is replicated across the Council.
We consider that the absence of any formal monitoring process in place at a corporate level to ensure that Services are adequately addressing the Council’s equalities duties, whilst
not necessarily indicating that the Council is failing to discharge its equalities duties, does mean the Council may not always be able to adequately demonstrate this.
(continued over page) 
Page 115 of 174

Page 116

https://nlcgov.sharepoint.com/sites/aur-internalauditfiles/shared documents/planned work/2022-23/0900.2023.005 - equalities/a - findings & report/a05a. 20221103 equalities - final report as issued.docx 
5
3. Action Plan (continued) Equalities 0900/2023/005 
Implication Recommendation Priority Management response Implementation
Month/Year
Without appropriate scrutiny/challenge
or monitoring processes, the Council’s
equalities arrangements may not be fit
for purpose.
Without clearly defined terms of
reference, members of the relevant
groups and other key stakeholders may
not be fully aware relevant roles and
responsibilities in respect of the
equalities agenda and/or be taking
appropriate actions in respect of these
roles and responsibilities.
There would be no effective process in
place for ensuring that actions taken to
address issues are being properly
managed on a timely basis and/or
monitored for impact.
Management may not be aware of the
extent of compliance with expected
processes and actions.
The Head of People and Organisational
Development should ensure that:
(1) the current governance arrangements for
equalities are reviewed and updated (having
due regard to the issues raised above) to
ensure that the Council can better
demonstrate compliance with its general and
specific duties for equalities under the PSED. 
As a minimum, consideration should be given
to establishing an Equalities Board (or
equivalent) to ensure that equalities activities
are being progressed and regularly
reviewed/monitored at both corporate and
service level;
(2) an action/workplan capturing all required
work around equalities, including responsible
officers and timescales, is prepared and
suitable monitoring arrangements are put in
place to ensure any actions are appropriately
progressed in line with expected timescales;
and  
(3) a framework is developed to appropriately
monitor compliance with key aspects of the
Equality strategy and associated procedures.
High Agree 
Audrey Cameron, Equalities Manager
(1) It is the intention of the service to establish a new
vehicle to ensure better overarching governance
and a focus on the delivery of our Equalities
Strategy. This is likely to be in the form of an
Equalities Delivery Board with a focus on the
Equalities Delivery Framework, engagement
across services, and supporting our annual plan of
activities in this area.  We envisage that the board
would meet quarterly with onward progress
reporting to CMT and Committee twice yearly. 
This board will also be our primary vehicle for an
ongoing improvement in the effectiveness of our
EQIA processes and compliance. 
(2) The corporate action plan currently being
delivered by the Equalities team is due to be
presented to Committee in February 2023 (cycle
1). The action plan will be updated to also include
individual service actions and will include named
responsible officers identified to take appropriate
actions at service and corporate level together with
the relevant timescales for taking that action.  The
Action Plan will be monitored through the Delivery
Board.
(3) As per (1) above, the Delivery Board will be
responsible for monitoring the progress on the
Equalities Delivery Framework on a quarterly
basis. 
Terms of reference
including membership of
the board to be drafted
and agreed by end
February 2023. 
First Board meeting to
be arranged by the end
of March 2023. 
March 2023 and
ongoing 
First Board meeting to
be arranged by the end
of March 2023. 
Page 116 of 174

Page 117

https://nlcgov.sharepoint.com/sites/aur-internalauditfiles/shared documents/planned work/2022-23/0900.2023.005 - equalities/a - findings & report/a05a. 20221103 equalities - final report as issued.docx 
6
3.Action Plan (continued) Equalities 0900/2023/005 
Ref Finding
2 Significant improvements are needed to ensure consistent and appropriate use is made of Equality Impact Assessments (EQIAs)
We were pleased to note that the Council has committed to undertake EQIAs for all proposed, new or revised policies and practices and to publish the results of these assessments on
its website in accordance with its specific equality duties.  We were also pleased to note that EQIAs have been formally built into the Council’s committee reporting formats and
consideration of the completion of the EQIAs require to be included in all committee reports.
Guidance on the completion of EQIAs has been developed, together with proforma assessment templates, in accordance with the Equality and Human Rights Commission (EHRC)
guidance document – ‘Assessing impact and the PSED’, which incorporate both the general equality duty and the Fairer Scotland Duty.  A presentation was provided to the extended
Corporate Management Team in June 2019 setting out the Equality Strategy and the need to complete EQIAs.  We reviewed the Council’s guidance in this area and were generally
satisfied that it reflected the good practice contained in the EHRC guidance above.  We did identify a small number of areas where we considered that there was scope to improve the
guidance, and these have been notified separately to the Equalities Manager for further consideration.
As of June 2022, there were only 16 assessments published on the Council’s website, which is lower than we would have expected give the number of council policies and procedures
in place and key decisions made.  In particular, we were surprised to note that none of the published EQIAs related to Adult Health and Social Care activities.  From discussions with
the Equalities Manager, we noted that there is currently no formal scrutiny process in place to ensure that EQIAs are being completed in accordance with corporate procedures, to check
the accuracy/completeness of any such assessments and/or to ensure that appropriate documentation is being retained by service to support these assessments.  In addition, there is
also no formal requirement for Services to notify the Equalities Team of any EQIAs undertaken to ensure that these are published on the website in accordance with the corporate
expectations.
We reviewed a sample of five corporate strategies reviewed as part of the latest SPF review and noted that EQIAs had only been completed in three cases, only two of which were then
subsequently published on the Council’s website.  We also selected a sample of five recently reviewed policies from MARS and noted that only one had a completed EQIA, which had
not been published on the website.  Reasons provided by Services for non-completion/publication of the EQIAs indicated a lack of understanding of the need to complete an assessment
for all such policy and strategy reviews.
A recent desktop review of this area by the Equalities Team also identified a lack of consistency in the application of EQIAs with many completed after decisions have been made, if at
all, and that many of those undertaken do not adequately explore potential equality impacts.  The Team has intimated an intention to develop a range of training opportunities for
equalities covering both staff and Elected Members including a mandatory module for all staff who may be required to consider and/or complete an EQIA.  This concurs with our findings
above, and we consider that raising awareness and ensure all relevant staff undertake appropriate training in relevant aspects of equalities should be a priority.
Implication Recommendation Priority Management response Implementation
Month/Year
EQIAs may not be completed
in accordance with corporate
expectations and/or the
Council’s equality duty.
EQIAs may not be fully and/or
accurately completed leading
to decisions being made
without potential equalities
impacts being considered.
Without appropriate or
sufficient evidence that the
Council is complying with its
legal responsibilities, it risks
legal challenges and/or
reputational damage.
The Head of People and Organisational
Development should:
(1) review, and refresh as necessary, the
arrangements for EQIAs including ensuring that
relevant corporate guidance and supporting
documentation is up-to-date and fit for purpose;
(2)  thereafter, seek to raise
awareness/understanding of corporate
expectations.  This should include reviewing
current equalities training, including formalising
what training, if any, requires to be made
mandatory and ensure that arrangements are
put in place to monitor uptake of these courses
by relevant staff as appropriate; and
(3) periodically review compliance with corporate
expectations regarding the completion of EQIAs.
High Agree
Audrey Cameron, Equalities Manager
(1) An immediate review of current EQIA arrangements will be
undertaken by the Equalities Manager. All user communications
will be issued based on the CMT recommendation for all staff
undertaking EQIA’s to undertake a mandatory e-learning module.
(2) A wider review of EQIA arrangements will be undertaken to agree
a revised and improved approach.  This will be finalised in
conjunction with the Equalities Delivery Board and rolled out into
services thereafter.  It is also the service’s intention to appoint
Equalities leads within each service who will take responsibility
for ensuring the effectiveness of EQIA use within their service. A
revised programme of EQIA training will be developed to support
the roll out of the new process.
(3) The Equalities Manager will develop a process for the periodical
review of compliance within services, working in conjunction with
each service equalities leads. 
November 2022 
June 2023 
August 2023 
August 2023 Page 117 of 174

Page 118

https://nlcgov.sharepoint.com/sites/aur-internalauditfiles/shared documents/planned work/2022-23/0900.2023.005 - equalities/a - findings & report/a05a. 20221103 equalities - final report as issued.docx 
7
3.Action Plan (continued) Equalities 0900/2023/005 
Ref Finding
3 Improvements are needed to the equalities performance monitoring framework, including ensuring that comprehensive and robust
information is regularly and timeously reported to key stakeholders.
In accordance with the requirements of the PSED the Council is required to report progress on its Equality Outcomes every two years (next due April 2023).  We reviewed the
arrangements for setting/prioritising, monitoring and measuring progress on the equality outcomes.  We did not, for the purposes of this audit, specifically assess the adequacy or
effectiveness of the Council’s identified equality outcomes in mainstreaming its equalities activities.  We noted that, whilst various sources of qualitative and quantitative information
are collated, the process for setting/prioritising the final Equality Outcomes is not fully documented.  In addition, we noted that there is currently no robust process in place for measuring
and monitoring performance in respect of progressing the outcomes and for determining whether the actions taken by the Service/Council are appropriate and having the expected
impact (either for the Council’s role under the PSED or in respect of the council’s role for Education and Licencing).  
A Performance Management Framework (PMF) has been developed to facilitate the tracking and measurement of impact and progress for each outcome.  The PMF, however,
currently only records the expected impact of the outcome, actions identified to progress the outcome and some generic performance measures for each year e.g. ‘people at risk of
homelessness are provided support’ or ‘number of women/men/children re-housed’.  There are no specific targets set for performance each year and no timescales have been set for
achieving these targets (other than by year end).  We understand that the Equalities team is currently in the process of reviewing the PMF to ensure that the Council can better monitor
progress against each of the outcomes.  However, we understand that there is currently no definitive date set for its completion/update.
We reviewed the reports presented to committee via the programme of work for equalities (P086) and were satisfied that the reports for 2021/2022 were all presented to the relevant
committees in accordance with the agreed timescales.  We understand, however, that, due to the revised Committee structure following the Council elections in May 2022, changes
to the reporting timescales for the 2022/2023 have been made, with the Equalities Outcome Progress report now due to be presented to the new Wellbeing and Tackling Poverty
Committee as part of the 2023 Mainstreaming report (possibly in cycle 2), which may be after the 30 April statutory reporting timescales.  In addition, we noted that the reports required
by the specific equalities duties of the PSED were presented to Policy & Strategy Committee in a composite report dated June 2021, again after the 30 April statutory reporting
timescale.  We understand that the individual reports were published on the Council’s website in draft by the statutory deadline, with committee approval sought retrospectively, due
primarily to the information not being available in time for the March 2021 committee cycle.  Services are responsible for ensuring that accurate and up-to date-information is provided
to the Equalities Manager to ensure that the statutory reporting timescales are met.  However, we understand that information provided by Services is not always robust and/or provided
on a timely basis.  In addition, we understand that there currently no further checks on the accuracy/completeness of the information provided to the Equalities team prior to the reports
being presented to committee/published on the Council’s website.
Implication Recommendation Priority
Without an effective performance management framework,
management would not be able to measure whether the
Equality Outcomes and the actions taken to address these
were having the expected impact. and/or may not be able to
take appropriate action to address areas of ‘under-
performance’.
Without formal processes, reports may not be published in
accordance with the agreed committee and/or statutory
timescales.
The Head of People and Organisational Development should ensure that: 
(1) a robust performance monitoring framework is developed that will allow management to measure
performance and impacts more effectively and accurately against the equality outcomes and allow for
periodic assessments to be undertaken.  This should include identifying clear and realistic targets for
each outcome and consideration of current and future planned actions which are designed to contribute
to the achievement of these outcomes; 
(2) ensure that robust arrangements are in place to enable accurate and up to date information to be
collated and reported to key stakeholders in accordance with the committee and statutory timescales;
and
(3) seek to ensure greater transparency underpins the process for identifying/setting/prioritising Equalities
outcomes/targets and associated activities and actions.
Medium 
Page 118 of 174

Page 119

https://nlcgov.sharepoint.com/sites/aur-internalauditfiles/shared documents/planned work/2022-23/0900.2023.005 - equalities/a - findings & report/a05a. 20221103 equalities - final report as issued.docx 
8
3. Action Plan (continued) Equalities 0900/2023/005 
Management response Implementation Month/Year
Agree
Audrey Cameron - Equalities Manager
(1) The review and updating of the current performance framework and reporting arrangements will be prioritised as a key work
area for the Equalities Delivery Board. The Council’s Mainstreaming report, including progress on the equalities outcomes, is
due to be published in April 2023 and this will inform the future work of the Board.
(2) It is envisaged that improved arrangements and a revised framework will be devised in conjunction with Business Solutions
and members of the board during 2023, linking to a wider review of the Strategic Performance Framework to ensure that the
two are fully linked.   This might involve the introduction of an annual reporting cycle to ensure that the performance data on
outcomes is gathered on a more regular basis.   This would ensure that we are able to meet the statutory reporting timelines
for future years. 
(3) As part of the above arrangements, the process for setting/prioritising the Council’s equality outcomes and targets will be fully
documented. 
Re (1) and (2)
Mainstreaming report – April 2023.
New approach to be agreed by the board by September
2023 for reporting in December 2023 and annually
thereafter. 
(3) Equalities outcomes are not due to be amended until
2025 and the review process will be discussed with the
Equalities Board during 2023 and 2024.
Page 119 of 174

Page 120

https://nlcgov.sharepoint.com/sites/aur-internalauditfiles/shared documents/planned work/2022-23/0900.2023.005 - equalities/a - findings & report/a05a. 20221103 equalities - final report as issued.docx 
9
Appendix 1 - Audit Grading
Audit reports are graded with an overall assurance opinion, and any issues and associated
recommendations are classified individually to denote their relative importance, in accordance with
the definitions in the tables below.
Definition of audit assurance and recommendation categories
Assurance Confidence based on sufficient evidence that internal controls are in place, operating
effectively and objectives are being achieved. 
Assurance opinion
Green Substantial
Assurance
A sound system of governance, risk management and control exists, with
internal controls operating effectively and being consistently applied to
support the achievement of objectives in the area audited.
Green-Amber Reasonable
Assurance
There is a generally sound system of governance, risk management and
control in place. Some issues, non-compliance or scope for improvement were
identified which may put at risk the achievement of objectives in the area
audited.
Amber-Red Limited
Assurance
Significant gaps, weaknesses or non-compliance were identified.
Improvement is required to the system of governance, risk management and
control to effectively manage risks to the achievement of objectives in the
area audited.
Red No
Assurance
Immediate action is required to address fundamental gaps, weaknesses or
non-compliance identified. The system of governance, risk management and
control is inadequate to effectively manage risks to the achievement of
objectives in the area audited. 
Organisational impact
Major The weaknesses identified during the review have left the Council open to significant risk.  If
the risk materialises it would have a major impact upon the organisation as a whole.
Moderate The weaknesses identified during the review have left the Council open to medium risk.  If the
risk materialises it would have a moderate impact upon the organisation as a whole.
Minor The weaknesses identified during the review have left the Council open to low risk.  If the risk
materialises it would have a minor impact upon the organisation as a whole. 
Recommendation priority
High
Significant control failure or weakness that, if not addressed, may lead to a major financial,
operational or reputational risk to the organisation and/or significantly impact the successful
delivery and achievement of the objectives of the area under review.  Urgent/Immediate action
is required.
Medium
Control failure or weakness that, if not addressed, may lead to a moderate financial,
operational or reputational risk to the organisation.  Weakness may be individually significant
but is unlikely to affect the successful delivery and achievement of the overall objectives of the
area under review.  The risk of error would, however, be significantly reduced if corrective
action was taken.  Prompt action is required.  
Low
Control failure or weakness that may lead to a minor financial, operational or reputational risk
to the organisation.  Weakness does not appear to significantly affect the ability to meet
objectives.  Minor issue raised to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of controls. 
Page 120 of 174

Page 121

https://nlcgov.sharepoint.com/sites/aur-internalauditfiles/shared documents/planned work/2022-23/0900.2023.005 - equalities/a - findings & report/a05a. 20221103 equalities - final report as issued.docx 
10 
Appendix 2 – Equalities - statutory responsibilities and duties
The Council has a range of general and specific responsibilities and duties with regard to Equalities placed upon
it by legislation.  The purpose of the key public sector equality duty is to ensure that public authorities and those
carrying out a public function consider how they can positively contribute to a more equal society through
advancing equality and good relations in their day-to-day business, to:
• take effective action on equality;
• make the right decisions, first time around;
• develop better policies and practices, based on evidence; and
• be more transparent, accessible and accountable;
• deliver improved outcomes for all.
The general equality duty requires public authorities, in the exercise of their functions, to have due regard to the
need to:
• eliminate unlawful discrimination, harassment and victimisation and other prohibited conduct;
• advance equality of opportunity between people who share a relevant protected characteristic and those
who do not; and
• foster good relations between people who share a protected characteristic and those who do not.
In terms of specific duties, each listed authority is required to:
• report on mainstreaming the equality duty;
• publish equality outcomes and report progress;
• assess and review policies and practices;
• gather and use employee information;
• use information on members or board members gathered by the Scottish Ministers;
• publish gender pay gap information (where they have at least 20 employees);
• publish statements on equal pay (where they have at least 20 employees;
• consider award criteria and conditions in relation to public procurement; and
• publish in a manner that is accessible.
The Equalities and Human Rights Commission has published a range of guidance for public bodies in relation to
equalities duties at Public sector equality duty in Scotland | Equality and Human Rights Commission
(equalityhumanrights.com).  
Page 121 of 174

Page 122

Page 122 of 174

Page 123

North Lanarkshire Council
Report
Audit and Scrutiny Panel
Does this report require to be approved? ☐ Yes   ☒ No 
Ref  KA/LM/ASP/Nov 2022 Date 24/11/22 
Internal Audit: Follow up of actions previously agreed by
management in response to audit recommendations 
From Ken Adamson, Head of Audit and Risk
Email adamsonk@northlan.gov.uk Telephone 07939 280602 
Executive Summary
The purpose of this report is to update the Panel on the results of Internal Audit’s follow-up
work reviewing the extent to which management have implemented actions previously
committed to in response to previous Internal and External Audit recommendations.
Information is contained in respect of the last two years External Audit outputs and those
actions agreed in response to ‘High’ and ‘Medium’ Internal Audit recommendations which
were due to be completed in the period up to the end of September 2022.
The Panel should note that where actions are not yet ‘complete’ this does not mean that no
relevant activity has been undertaken by management and that often the actions
taken/progress made to date will have reduced the risk exposure in respect of the
weaknesses previously identified even if the action is not yet complete.
It should be noted that, as reported to the Panel in December 2021, there has been a change
to our reporting on follow-up and those recommendations which were previously reported to
the Panel as partially implemented but not yet complete will now be monitored against
revised target implementation dates agreed with management.
9 of the 14 actions agreed in respect of External Audit outputs have been completed, one
has been partially implemented and four are no longer relevant.  19 of the 24 actions agreed
in response to relevant Internal Audit recommendations due in the period have been fully
completed and five have been assessed as partially implemented.
Recommendations
The Panel is invited to:
(a) note the contents of this report;
(b) note the recommendations made by Internal Audit at Appendix 1; and 
(c) to consider whether there are any issues arising from this report on which they wish
to receive further information from relevant management.  
The Plan for North Lanarkshire
Priority  All priorities
Ambition statement All ambition statements
AGENDA ITEM 6
Page 123 of 174

Page 124

1. Background
1.1 All Internal and External Audit reports contain management responses to audit
recommendations which generally include a commitment to specific actions by a stated
date.  This report presents an overview of progress by management in addressing all
External Audit recommendations made in the last two years and all ‘High’ and ‘Medium’
Internal Audit recommendations which were previously reported as outstanding or
where the proposed actions were due to be completed by the end of September 2022.
1.2 The format of this report is designed to allow the Panel to focus on those issues where
non-implementation of agreed actions presents the most significant ongoing risk to the
Council and to enable the Panel to hold relevant senior management to account.
1.3 As reported to the Audit and Scrutiny Panel in December 2021, Internal Audit recently
reviewed our arrangements for following-up audit recommendations.  As a result, we
have amended our processes to include, in certain circumstances, agreeing a revised
implementation date and monitoring and reporting against these revised dates where
we are provided with a strong rationale for the non-implementation of the audit
recommendation by the originally agreed date.  This avoids repeatedly reporting and
focusing on actions which are ‘late’ where there are sound reasons for non-
implementation by the originally agreed date.
1.4 This report presents the assessment of the potential risks arising from those planned
actions agreed in response to Internal Audit recommendations due in the period (July
to September 2022) which are not yet fully completed.
1.5 The updates from management on progress to date have been verified on a sample
basis by Internal Audit as part of the preparation of this report.  However, it should be
noted that this review has focused on whether planned actions have been completed
and has not included detailed substantive testing of whether the implemented actions
have been effective in addressing previously identified weaknesses. 
2. Report
Actions previously agreed by management – Internal Audit recommendations
2.1 Table 1 below shows whether management have implemented those actions
previously agreed to in response to ‘High’ and ‘Medium’ Internal Audit
recommendations which were due to be completed by the end of September 2022. 
Overall, 19 of the agreed actions have been completed and five have been assessed
as partially implemented.
Table 1
Head of Service Area Complete Partially
implemented
No longer
relevant Total
Asset and Procurement 3 1 0 4
Audit and Risk 0 1 0 1
Business and Digital 4 3 0 7
Education (North/South) 2 0 0 2
Education and Families 3 0 0 3
Financial Solutions 3 0 0 3
People & Organisational
Development 2 0 0 2
Performance, Planning and Quality
Assurance 1 0 0 1
Planning and Regeneration 1 0 0 1
TOTAL 19 5 0 24 Page 124 of 174

Page 125

2.2 Internal Audit has reviewed the management updates and agreed revised
implementation dates for all five recommendations listed as partially implemented at
Table 1 with relevant management.  These recommendations will now be monitored in
line with the agreed revised date and will be reported back to the Panel in accordance
with this revised timescale at which time consideration will be given as to whether
previously identified weaknesses have now been addressed. 
2.3 Detail in respect of each of these recommendations and the current residual risk
assessed by Internal Audit as a result of partial implementation is provided in Appendix
1, in which we have also made suggestions as to how the Panel may wish to consider
these issues.  Definitions of the residual risk ratings are provided at Appendix 3.
2.4 In response to queries raised at the last meeting of the Panel in September 2022, we
have provided detail in respect of each of the recommendations which were reported
at that meeting as ‘not yet complete’ and with a September 2022 revised date. This is
as detailed in Appendix 2.
Actions previously agreed by management – External Audit recommendations
2.5 Table 2 shows the status of actions agreed by management in response to External
Audit reports issued as part of the 2019-20 and 2020-21 audits.  Internal Audit has
concluded that nine of the 14 agreed actions have been completed, one has been
partially implemented and the remaining four actions are no longer relevant.
Table 2 Completed Partially
implemented
Not yet
due
No longer
relevant Total Report Title/Year
2019-20
Interim Audit Report 1 1 0 2 4
Annual Report 2 0 0 1 3
2020-21
Interim Audit Report 3 0 0 1 4
Annual Report 3 0 0 0 3
TOTAL 9 1 0 4 14
2.6 The four External Audit actions assessed as ‘no longer relevant’ relate to issues on
which External Audit have made a subsequent recommendation in subsequent audit
reports. 
3. Measures of success
3.1 Internal Audit report each cycle to the Audit and Scrutiny Panel on the progress made
by management in implementing actions previously committed to in response to
Internal and External Audit reports. 
4. Supporting documents
Appendix 1 Internal Audit recommendations - Management actions assessed as
‘not yet complete’ in this cycle
Appendix 2  Internal Audit recommendations – Management actions with revised
timescale of September 2022 per ASP meeting on 8/9/22
Appendix 3  Residual risk rating definition 
Ken Adamson, Head of Audit and Risk   Page 125 of 174

Page 126

5. Impacts 
5.1 Public Sector Equality Duty and Fairer Scotland Duty
Does the report contain information that has an impact as a result of the Public Sector
Equality Duty and/or Fairer Scotland Duty?
Yes ☐ No ☒
5.2 Financial impact
Does the report contain any financial impacts?
Yes ☐ No ☒
5.3 HR policy impact 
Does the report contain any HR policy or procedure impacts?
Yes ☐ No ☒
5.4 Legal impact
Does the report contain any legal impacts (such as general legal matters, statutory
considerations (including employment law considerations), or new legislation)?
Yes ☐ No ☒
5.5 Data protection impact 
Does the report / project / practice contain or involve the processing of personal data? 
Yes ☐ No ☒
5.6 Technology / Digital impact
Does the report contain information that has an impact on either technology, digital
transformation, service redesign / business change processes, data management, or
connectivity / broadband / Wi-Fi?
Yes ☐ No ☒
5.7 Environmental / Carbon impact
Does the report / project / practice contain information that has an impact on any
environmental or carbon matters?
Yes ☐ No ☒
5.8 Communications impact
Does the report contain any information that has an impact on the council’s
communications activities?
Yes ☐ No ☒
5.9 Risk impact
Is there a risk impact?
Yes ☒ No ☐
If yes, please provide a brief summary of the key risks and potential impacts,
highlighting where the risk(s) are assessed and recorded (e.g. Corporate or Service
or Project Risk Registers), and how they are managed?
Failure by Services to address previously identified issues and/or weaknesses will
impact on the effectiveness of the relevant control framework.  This, depending on the
nature of the issue, will be captured and should be reflected in the relevant Service
risk register or the Corporate risk register (as appropriate). 
Page 126 of 174

Page 127

Appendix 1 Internal Audit recommendations - Management actions assessed as ‘not yet complete’ in this cycle
Head of Service
Report Details Details from original recommendation Current position per management
update
Original and
revised
timescales
Internal Audit comment
Head of Asset and Procurement
Enterprise Project
(May 2022) 
Risk: Without a robust and realistic contingency
plan in place the Council may not be able to ensure
continuity of service delivery and achievement of
ambitions.
Recommendation: The Enterprise Project Board
should ensure that the key tasks required to fully
document a contingency plan, including key
milestones and lead times/critical path, is included
in the project plan and thereafter monitor
development of the contingency plan to ensure that
an alternative ‘Plan B’ is available, and lead
times/critical path are clearly understood should the
project not be able to be progressed as currently
envisaged.
Category: Medium
The risk of a lack of market appetite for the
procurement opportunities remains key within
the Enterprise Project with the Project Board
receiving updates on this and other risks at
each meeting.  This risk, along with a high-level
contingency plan, has also been discussed
separately with the SRO, Project Sponsor and
Chief Executive.
The Project Lead has taken advice from the
project’s legal advisers and is developing
contingency plans and timescales.
The outcome of the SPD evaluation will help
inform the Council’s decision to proceed with
the procurement and/or appraise alternate
delivery options (‘Plan B’).  This decision will in
turn help inform the detailed development of the
‘Plan B’ and if required, allow the ‘Plan B’ to be
enacted after appropriate engagement with the
CMT and Elected Members. 
Original timescale:
July 2022 
Revised timescale:
December 2022 
We acknowledge that work in this area to
develop the ‘Plan B’ has been ongoing and
that the delay in implementing this is largely
due to ensuring the timely launch of the
Phase 1 procurement.
Given that further action is required to fully
develop the contingency plan/’Plan B’, we
assess the residual risk as ‘Medium’ and
consider it important that the agreed
extension date of December 2022 is
achieved.  We note that an update on the
status and future development of the
Enterprise Project is due to be presented to
the Policy and Strategy Committee in
December 2022.
We would suggest that the Panel may wish
to consider agreeing to note the progress
made and the revised completion date and
to monitor progress being made as part of
the next follow-up report.
Head of Audit and Risk
Risk Management
(July 2022) 
Risk: The absence of a fully documented corporate
risk register, subject to regular monitoring and
challenge may mean that key stakeholders may fail
to fully understand the key risks the Council faces
and in turn may consequently fail to take
appropriate action to mitigate them.
Recommendation: The Head of Audit and Risk
should ensure that the replacement and/or new
corporate risks detailed in the finding are
documented, assessed and moved to ‘live’ status
with a reasonable timescale.
Category: Medium
The corporate risks on Supply Chain and the
Scottish Child Abuse Inquiry have been
developed, agreed and are now ‘live’.
The corporate risk in relation to the National
Care Service proposals has been documented
as much as can be based on current information
available.  This will continue to be developed as
the national policy direction progresses and the
current level of uncertainty reduces.
The two remaining corporate risks (Educational
Outcomes and Target Operating Model) are
both in draft format and require further
discussion and development with the relevant
Risk Leads before being agreed and finalised.
Original timescale:
September 2022 
Revised timescale:
December 2022
Whilst we acknowledge that there has been
significant action taken to address the
recommendations made, it is important the
two remaining risks are finalised and moved
to ‘live’ status at an early opportunity.
We consider the revised timescale to be
reasonable and have assessed the residual
risk for this recommendation as ‘Low’. 
Accordingly, we would suggest that the
Panel may simply wish to consider agreeing
to note the progress made and the revised
completion date.
Page 127 of 174

Page 128

Appendix 1 (continued) Internal Audit recommendations - Management actions assessed as ‘not yet complete’ 
Head of Service
Report Details Details from original recommendation Current position per
management update
Original and
revised
timescales
Internal Audit comment
Head of Business and Digital 
Digital NL 
(November 2021)
Risk: Benefits and savings may not be being adequately
tracked and monitored resulting in the Council being
unable to demonstrate the achievement of the objectives
of the programme.  
Recommendation: Management should ensure that:  
(1) the non-financial benefits tracker is finalised and
approved with non-financial benefits thereafter identified,
calculated, tracked and monitored for all workstreams;
and  
(2) the review of the suite of documentation cited in the
Benefits Management Realisation approach is completed
and the process thereafter updated and circulated to all
relevant parties. 
Category: Medium
The updated Benefits
Management approach has
been revised, updated and
circulated to all relevant
parties. 
The non-financial benefits
tracker templates for each of
the sprints (both completed and
those in progress) have been
created but have not yet been
populated with the expected
non-financial benefits and how
these will be measured and
quantified.  The focus to date
has been on the financial
benefits.
1:1 meetings require to be held
with the Business Change
Analysts to determine what, if
any, non-financial benefits
are/were expected and how
these will thereafter be
measured.  The non-financial
benefits tracker templates will
thereafter be populated with
this information.
For those sprints which have
already been completed, the
templates will be updated
retrospectively.  Going forward,
the expectation is that the
templates will be updated in
line with progression of the
sprint.
Original timescale: 
April 2022 
Revised timescale:
September 2022 
Further revised
timescale: 
March 2023
Whilst we acknowledge that the updated Benefits
Management Approach would enable both financial
and non-financial benefits to be identified, monitored
and tracked, it is important that the non-financial
benefits are identified, measured and quantified
retrospectively for completed sprints and going forward
identified and captured in a timely and consistent
manner for those sprints not yet underway/at an early
stage.
Given the limited progress of identifying and
quantifying non-financial benefits to date we have
assessed the residual risk as ‘High’ and consider it
important that the revised timescale is adhered to and
would suggest that the Panel may wish to consider
requesting an update on this issue from relevant senior
management at the next meeting of the Panel.  
Page 128 of 174

Page 129

Appendix 1 (continued) Internal Audit recommendations - Management actions assessed as ‘not yet complete’ 
Head of Service
Report Details Details from original recommendation Current position per
management update
Original and
revised
timescales
Internal Audit comment
Head of Business and Digital 
Managing
Strategic Change 
(June 2021)
Risk: Key stakeholders may not be adequately
informed of progress in the Council’s key corporate
projects and may not be able to undertake effective
oversight and/or ensure that timely remedial action,
necessary to ensure that projects are delivered
successfully, has been progressed by relevant
management.
Recommendation: Management should progress
the previously identified action of establishing a
reporting mechanism which better facilitates regular
and ongoing oversight by key stakeholders of the
progress of key projects against plan, including
management of key risks, progress against timelines,
cost against budget, achievement or otherwise of key
milestones and expected outcomes or benefits
realisation.  We suggest that this could include
introducing a standard reporting template and
adopting a traffic light system to report progress
against key criteria, project milestones and overall
deliverability against expected time, cost and any
other intended outcomes.
Category: Medium
Following review and refresh of the
project management framework, the
updated framework includes a
section on reporting to the
programme/project boards on the
progress of specific programmes
and projects.  This references that
good practice recommends that
these reports assign a RAG status
based on assessment criteria for
three of the key dimensions within
which the project requires to be
delivered (i.e. cost, time and quality).  
Original timescale:
September 2021 
Revised timescale: 
September 2022 
Further revised
timescale: 
Still to be
determined by
management
The Service consider this action to be complete as the
updated project management framework includes
detail around reporting to project/programme boards. 
However, we note that this does not reference the
arrangements in place for reporting to key stakeholders
(for example: CMT and/or Committee) to facilitate
regular and ongoing oversight of identified key projects
across the Council. 
We have assessed the residual risk as ‘High’ as the
recommendation has not yet been fully addressed by
management who have provided no clear indication as
to how or when oversight of progress of key projects
across the Council against plan, including
management of key risks, progress against timelines,
cost against budget, achievement or otherwise of key
milestones and expected outcomes or benefits
realisation will be reported to key stakeholders.
We consider it important in allowing effective oversight
and scrutiny that management identify and commit to a
clear timescale for implementing this recommendation
and would suggest that the Panel may wish to consider
requesting an update on this issue from relevant senior
management at the next meeting of the Panel.
Page 129 of 174

Page 130

Appendix 1 (continued) Internal Audit recommendations - Management actions assessed as ‘not yet complete’ 
Head of Service
Report Details Details from original recommendation Current position per
management update
Original and
revised timescales Internal Audit comment
Head of Business and Digital 
Governance of
Capital Projects
(December 2019) 
Risk: 
If Services are aware of the projects which will be reviewed, they are
more likely to follow the guidance for those projects and the results of any
such reviews may not provide a true representation of the extent of
compliance with expected arrangements, including use of the relevant
guidance and control template documents.
Recommendation: 
Management should review the ‘project management model review
programme’, particularly in relation to:
• expanding the sample of projects being reviewed to incorporate
some capital and non-capital projects that Services have not
received advance notification; and
• reviewing and updating the checklist to include consideration of the
adequacy and effectiveness of the completed control document
templates, determination of whether established processes have
been documented and confirmation that key stakeholders have been
adequately updated on the progress of the project, in line with the
suggested improvements at Appendix 3.
Category: Medium
A review programme cannot be
established until the Project
Registers have been received from
Heads of Service. This review
programme will cover both capital
and non-capital projects.  An e-mail
was sent to all Heads of Service on
11th October 2022 asking that they
submit their Project Registers by the
1st November 2022.
Project Register maintenance and
monitoring will be revisited in line
with the future development and
implementation of a centralised
project management IT system.
As reported to CMT on 27/09/22, the
review and refresh of the project
management framework identified
the need for a more consistent
approach across the Council with
regards to the extent and
effectiveness of the programme and
project board.  It is considered that
this approach will also support
further improvements in the
development of the project
management framework review
programme and ensure that it
provides a meaningful accurate and
representative assessment of the
extent of compliance with the
fundamentals and mandatory tasks
within the framework.
Original timescale:
June 2020 
Revised timescale: 
September 2022 
Further revised
timescale:
Still to be determined
by management
Although the Service have
provided some detail around
the planned approach and
review programme for the
project management
framework which will assess
compliance with this, they have
provided limited detail to
confirm how and when this will
be implemented.
Given that further action is
required to progress
arrangements for monitoring
compliance with the refreshed
project management
framework, we have assessed
the residual risk as ‘Medium’
and consider it appropriate that
more detailed plans and
timescales are identified by
management at an early stage.
We would suggest that the
Panel may wish to consider
agreeing to note the progress
made and request that
management provide an
update including revised
implementation dates at the
next meeting of the Panel. 
Page 130 of 174

Page 131

Appendix 2 (continued) Internal Audit recommendations - Management actions with revised timescale of September 2022 per ASP meeting on 8/9/22
Head of Service
Report Details Details from original recommendation Position per previous
management update
Internal Audit comment
per previous update
Position as at October
2022
Head of Business and Digital 
Governance of
Capital Projects
(December 2019) 
Housing
Investment
Programme
(October 2020) 
Managing
Strategic Change 
(June 2021)
The three audit reports listed each raised issues regarding the Council’s
project management model.  In summary the risks and recommendations
arising comprised the following:
Risk: 
The Council’s project management arrangements may not reflect good
practice which may lead to projects being managed and documented on an
inconsistent basis.
Key stakeholders may not be adequately informed of progress in the Council’s
key corporate projects and may not be able to undertake effective oversight
and/or ensure that timely remedial action, necessary to ensure that projects
are delivered successfully, has been progressed by relevant management.
Recommendation: 
Management should:
• review and update, as appropriate, the project management model to
ensure that it is sufficiently prescriptive to enable officers to identify the
circumstances of when, and to what extent, it should be followed. 
• review and amend the project management documentation to ensure that
it requires the title of the project to be recorded and includes version control
to clearly detail when it was prepared and last updated. 
• review the ‘project management model review programme’ particularly in
relation to: expanding the sample of projects being reviewed to incorporate
some capital and non-capital projects that Services have not received
advance notification of; and reviewing and updating the checklist giving
due consideration to the suggested improvements made by Internal Audit. 
• progress the previously identified action of establishing a reporting
mechanism which better facilitates regular and ongoing oversight by key
stakeholders of the progress of key projects against plan, including
management of key risks, progress against timelines, cost against budget,
achievement or otherwise of key milestones and expected outcomes or
benefits realisation.  We suggest that this could include introducing a
standard reporting template and adopting a traffic light system to report
progress against key criteria, project milestones and overall deliverability
against expected time, cost and any other intended outcomes.
Category: Medium
The planned review process
and subsequent refresh of the
council’s Project Management
Model took place from
February to June 2022.  A
Review Team comprising
representatives from all
Services, including audit and
risk, took part in the evaluation
and review process.  The
refreshed Project Management
Framework was circulated to
the Review Team for their final
input in June 2022.  
Insufficient feedback was
received from the majority of
service representatives on the
Review Team which led to a
delay in the finalisation of the
refreshed Project Management
Framework.  Further work is
being undertaken on a 1:1
basis to ensure Services are
fully engaged with, and
involved in, the final
development stages of the
refreshed Project Management
Framework.  Following this, the
Project Management
Framework will be finalised and
submitted to CMT for approval.
Revised timescale: April
2022
Further revised timescale:
September 2022
The Service has indicated
that these actions are largely
complete and that the delay
in implementation is largely
due to insufficient feedback
from service representatives
which the Service are
currently taking steps to
address.
Given the extensive delay in
implementation of these
recommendations, we
assess the residual risk as
‘High’ and would suggest
that the Panel may wish to
consider noting the progress
made to date and the revised
timescale but also to request
an update on this issue from
relevant senior management
at the next meeting of the
Panel if the action is not fully
implemented at that time.
The actions in respect of the
review and update of the
project management model
and the project management
documentation have now
been fully implemented.
The refreshed project
management model was
presented to CMT, OMT and
ODA in September/October
2022. 
An update in terms of the next
steps is documented in the
Strategic Frameworks Annual
Position Statement which is
included the pack for this
meeting of the Panel.
The actions in respect of
amendments to the ‘project
management model review
programme’ and establishing
a reporting mechanism which
better facilitates regular and
ongoing oversight by key
stakeholders of the progress
of key projects against the
plan are partially
implemented.
See Appendix 1 for further
detail on the current position. 
Page 131 of 174

Page 132

Appendix 2 (continued) Internal Audit recommendations - Management actions with revised timescale of September 2022 per ASP meeting on 8/9/22
Head of Service
Report Details Details from original recommendation Position per previous management
update
Internal Audit
comment per previous
update
Position as at October
2022
Head of Business and Digital 
Digital NL
(November 2021)
Risk: Benefits and savings may not be being adequately
tracked and monitored resulting in the Council being unable to
demonstrate the achievement of the objectives of the
programme.  
Recommendation: Management should ensure that:  
(1) the non-financial benefits tracker is finalised and approved
with non-financial benefits thereafter identified, calculated,
tracked and monitored for all workstreams; and  
(2) the review of the suite of documentation cited in the
Benefits Management Realisation approach is completed and
the process thereafter updated and circulated to all relevant
parties. 
Category: Medium
The non-financial benefits tracker has been
finalised and the updated Benefits Management
Approach revised and updated.  However, the
non-financial benefits tracker has not yet been
populated for all workstreams and work is
ongoing in this area.  
The agenda for SRO/Delivery Board has
recently been amended to focus on Benefits
Realisation as the first agenda item. 
Revised timescale: September 2022
The Service has indicated
that they consider these
actions to be largely
complete. However, while
we acknowledge that there
has been some progress
made in this area, we
consider there is still further
action which requires to be
taken to fully address the
identified risks.
This action thus remains
partially implemented. 
See Appendix 1 for further
detail on current position.  
Page 132 of 174

Page 133

Appendix 2 Internal Audit recommendations - Management actions with revised timescale of September 2022 per ASP meeting on 8/9/22
Head of Service
Report Details Details from original recommendation Position per previous management
update
Internal Audit comment
per previous update
Position as at October
2022
Head of Asset and Procurement
Procurement 
(November 2021)
Risk: If performance measures are not correctly calculated in
line with the definition, management and elected members
may misinterpret the information presented to them and may
not raise appropriate questions. 
Recommendation: Asset and Procurement Solutions should
review the processes in place to ensure that all future
performance measures contained within the Annual
Procurement Report are accurately and consistently
calculated in line with the corresponding definition.
Category: Medium
Performance indicators have been reviewed
and amended.  Work is ongoing with the
Scottish Government to ensure that relevant
content is incorporated into the future
Annual Procurement Report.
The Annual Procurement Report is currently
being finalised prior to it being reported to
the Finance and Resource Committee in
September 2022.
Revised Timescale: September 2022
The Service has indicated
that they consider this
recommendation to be largely
complete and have
committed to finalising the
Annual Procurement Report
for the next meeting of the
Finance and Resource
Committee scheduled for
September 2022.  
This action has now been
fully implemented.
The Annual Procurement
Report 2021-22 has been
finalised and was presented
to the Finance and
Resources Committee in
September 2022.
Head of Business and Digital
Digital NL
(November 2021)
Risk: Inadequate arrangements for identifying, agreeing and
realising expected outcomes (including expected financial
savings) within timescales may result in consequential
impacts on the management of the Council’s finances.  
Recommendation: Management should continue to review
the future deliverability of the revised Digital NL programme to
ensure timescales for delivery and expected outcomes are
realistic and achievable.  This should include consideration of:
• further developing/enhancing the RAG status for
assessing individual projects/workstreams.  In particular
consideration should be given to splitting the RAG status
to provide separate assessments of achievement of
timescales and achievement of projected benefits
(including expected savings) to enable the impact of the
RAG status on savings to be more clearly documented.  
• the use of optimism bias to make explicit risk-based
adjustments to the projected estimates of projects costs,
benefits (including expected savings), and duration; and  
• the identification and implementation of actions necessary
to address the continual movement of projected savings.  
Category: High
A full review of deliverability of the DigitalNL
programme, SmartNL and infrastructure
business has taken place.  The outstanding
year 3 development work and the potential
Year 4 Roadmap were reviewed in line with
shape and size, resource availability,
benefits realisation, funding availability and
risk.  A prioritisation matrix has been
developed and an Assessment Board
created to ensure all activities are reviewed
in line with the newly developed Integrated
Programme Plan. 
The full end to end process was presented
to the SRO meeting on 26 May 2022 with
approval given at this meeting to further
develop the proposals.  In recognising the
Delivery Board is responsible for governing
the DigitalNL programme and its associated
outcomes, the final proposals will be
presented to the Delivery Board in August
2022 for consideration and approval as
appropriate.
Revised timescale: August 2022
The Service has indicated
that they consider these
actions to be largely
complete. However, while we
acknowledge that there has
been some progress made in
this area, we consider there is
still further action which
requires to be taken to fully
address the identified risks.
This action has now been
fully implemented.
A report was presented to
the Policy and Strategy
Committee in September
2022 outlining the progress
to date and the Roadmap
for Year 4 and beyond.
Page 133 of 174

Page 134

Appendix 2 (continued) Internal Audit recommendations - Management actions with revised timescale of September 2022 per ASP meeting on 8/9/22
Head of Service
Report Details Details from original recommendation Position per previous management
update
Internal Audit comment
per previous update
Position as at
October 2022
Head of Business and Digital 
Digital NL
(November 2021)
Risk: Without full, clear and timely information, key
stakeholders may not be able to effectively monitor
performance in respect of the DigitalNL programme and/or
progress against expected benefits and planned outcomes or
determine whether the programme is achieving its targets,
and/or identify and agree timely action to address areas of
underperformance and/or make informed decisions about the
future direction of the DigitalNL programme.  
Without clear recording of actions prescribed and identified
responsible officers for actions planned in response to
highlighted risks, key stakeholders would be unable to monitor
the risk to ascertain if it had been addressed/mitigated.
Recommendation: Management should ensure that:  
(1) reports on DigitalNL to the Delivery Board, CMT and
Committee are amended to provide a clear and
comprehensive assessment of progress/status of both the
programme as a whole and of individual workstreams.  This
should include an assessment of each project/workstreams
RAG status; 
(2) reports submitted to the Board make clear reference to all
those significant risks with the potential to impact on the
successful delivery of the programme including the relevant
mitigating controls; actions planned to further address the
relevant risk and identified officers tasked with doing so and
that key risks are tracked and monitored at each meeting of
the Board; and  
(3) discussions at the Board in relation to any high/significant
programme risks included on the Programme Highlight Report
submitted to the Board, including the corresponding
prescribed action(s) and identified officers, are clearly
documented in the Action Note or Action Summary of that
meeting.  
Category: Medium
The Programme Highlight report submitted to
the Delivery Board has been reviewed and
amended to clearly show the RAG status and
the financial and non-financial benefits
anticipated for each business change sprint.
The reports submitted to the Board make clear
reference to significant risks and a link to the
Risk Register has been added to the
Programme Highlight Report. 
The Action Summary, introduced in early 2022,
allows members of the Delivery Board to focus
on agreed actions.
Revised timescale: September 2022
The Service has indicated
that they consider this action
to be substantially complete. 
However, due to the limited
number of Delivery Board
meetings since the process
was amended, we have not
yet been able to determine
whether adequate detail is
provided and/or appropriate
discussions held with regards
to those risks assessed as
‘high’/red. 
This action has now been
fully implemented.
A report was presented to
the Delivery Board at the
end of August referencing
proposed changes to the
Programme Highlight
Report which will further
enhance the reporting
process.  A revised report
incorporating these
changes was presented
to the Board on 27
October 2022.   
Page 134 of 174

Page 135

Appendix 2 (continued) Internal Audit recommendations - Management actions with revised timescale of September 2022 per ASP meeting on 8/9/22
Head of Service
Report Details Details from original recommendation Position per previous management
update
Internal Audit
comment per
previous update
Position as at October
2022
Head of Education  (North/South)
Follow Up: Scottish
Attainment Challenge &
Pupil Equity Fund
(August 2021)
Risk: Without short, medium and long-term targets against
which performance can be monitored, there is a risk that
effective oversight of the SAC and PEF programmes may be
impaired. 
Without an effective performance management framework,
management would not be able to measure whether the SAC
and PEF programmes were being delivered and/or may not be
able to take appropriate action to address areas of ‘under-
performance’.  
Recommendation: Management should: 
(1) identify and set realistic short, medium and long-term
targets for the SAC and PEF programmes and consider the
current and future planned actions which will be taken to
deliver against the identified objectives and measures of
success 
(2) ensure that appropriate and realistic SMART performance
measures are used wherever possible in the annual SAC
Plan, subsequent progress reports to committee and within
the individual establishments’ SIPs and SIRS to ensure that
progress of key all actions and interventions can be
appropriately tracked; and 
(3) set out clearly defined baselines against which the
activities or interventions will be assessed for their contribution
to closing the poverty-related attainment gap and ensure that
the reports at both authority and individual establishment level
clearly set out to key stakeholders the progress made against
the identified targets/milestones together with any significant
challenges in achieving these targets.
Category: Medium
Previous targets have been set by the
Scottish Government but from 2022, targets
in relation to progress in attainment are being
set in collaboration and discussion with local
authorities and both the SAC and PEF Team
are engaging in discussions to agree on
aspirational yet achievable targets and align
the plans for the year ahead.
Further development sessions for
Headteachers and senior managers have
taken place to assist with the development of
clear rationales; help with the identification of
outcomes and measures and provide both a
local and national context to their approach.  
Whilst improvements in planning at school
level have been noted the SAC and PEF
Team consider there is still work to be done
in encouraging greater detail in school
improvement plans.  The Improvement and
Equity Lead continues to support and
challenge establishments in both their SAC
and PEF submissions through scrutiny of
plans and encouraging all schools to ensure
that, wherever possible, data should form the
basis of all submissions of progress in the bi-
annual checkpoints.  
Revised timescale: June 2022
Further revised timescale: September
2022
Whilst we acknowledge
that there has been some
action taken to address
the recommendations
made, we consider that
there is still further action
required to fully mitigate
the identified risks.
This action has now been
fully implemented.
A review of the
documentation provided
demonstrated that the Head
Teachers are now
identifying, planning and
setting out outcomes for their
SAC and PEF programmes.
There are two bi-annual
reporting ‘checkpoints’ as
part of the annual
improvement cycle for all
establishments.
Schools/establishments are
now using a variety of data
when setting targets and
both the reports to
Committee and individual
schools’ School
Improvement Plans now
include detail on
performance measures and
progress being made. An
update on progress of SAC
and PEF was presented to
CMT in October 2022 and
will be presented to the
November meeting of the
Education, Children and
Families Committee. 
Page 135 of 174

Page 136

Appendix 2 (continued) Internal Audit recommendations - Management actions with revised timescale of September 2022 per ASP meeting on 8/9/22
Head of Service
Report Details Details from original recommendation Position per previous
management update
Internal Audit comment per
previous update Position as at October 2022
Head of Education (North/South) 
Follow Up: Scottish
Attainment
Challenge & Pupil
Equity Fund
(August 2021)
Risk: Services may not be procured in accordance with the
Framework. 
Without formal documentation, schools may not be able to
evidence why a particular procurement method and/or
supplier was selected and/or be able to demonstrate best
value when procuring services
Recommendation: Management should:  
(1) remind/encourage all schools to use the Procurement
framework as far as possible and of the requirements of
the Framework (including the use of approved suppliers
wherever possible) and the importance of completing
the RFP documentation for each procurement exercise; 
(2)  periodically report to senior management on the use of,
and expenditure incurred via, the Framework against the
total spend allocation; and  
(3) ensure that they periodically review non-Framework
expenditure items to obtain sufficient assurance that
procurement activity funded via SAC/PEF is being
undertaken in accordance with corporate expectations
and can demonstrate best value.
Category: Medium
Headteachers are reminded
on an ongoing basis of the
requirements of the
Procurement Framework.
A review of Framework and
non-Framework expenditure
for session 2021-22 has been
undertaken with subsequent
findings to be reported to the
Programme Board and
Services Senior Leadership
Team in August 2022.
Revised timescale: June
2022
Further revised timescale:
September 2022
Whilst we acknowledge that there has
been some action taken to address the
recommendations made, we consider
that there is still further action required
to fully mitigate the identified risks. 
This action has now been fully
implemented.
A review of Framework and non-
framework expenditure has been
reported to both the Programme
Board and the Senior Leadership
Team. This was presented to the
Senior Leadership Team at the end
of August 2022 and thereafter
shared with the Programme Board
at the October meeting. 
Page 136 of 174

Page 137

Appendix 2 (continued) Internal Audit recommendations - Management actions with revised timescale of September 2022 per ASP meeting on 8/9/22
Head of Service
Report Details Details from original recommendation Position per previous
management update
Internal Audit comment per
previous update Position as at October 2022
Head of Education and Families
Tackling Poverty
(November 2021)
Risk: If the process to create a consolidated
action plan is not properly documented, the
LCPAR action plan may not be appropriately
aligned with the strategy action plan which may
result in key actions potentially being missed in
error.   
Feedback from external reviews may not be
incorporated into the LCPAR resulting in a
failure to address or progress relevant actions
or activities.
Recommendation: Management should
ensure that: 
(1) all relevant key actions from the strategy are,
where appropriate, incorporated within the
LCPAR action plan and/or that where actions
are removed/not included there is appropriate
documentary evidence maintained to support
the rationale for their removal; and 
(2) all outstanding recommendations and
actions arising from the NL Fairness
Commission and Scottish Government reviews
are, where appropriate, incorporated into the
LCPAR.
Category: Medium
Following the production of the Best
Start, Bright Futures Child Poverty
Delivery Plan 2022-2026, the LCPAR
will be incorporated within the
production of a new Tackling Poverty
Strategy 2023-2026 which will allow for
forward planning whilst meeting the
requirements of the Scottish
Government.  This document will include
all of the outstanding recommendations
and actions from the North Lanarkshire
Fairness Commission and Scottish
Government reviews.
The Local Child Poverty Action Report
will be prepared and submitted to the
Policy and Strategy Committee in
September 2022.
Revised timescale: September 2022
The delay in implementing this
action is due to a number of
factors, including the Council
elections, however a firm
commitment has been given by the
Service to submit the LCPAR to
Committee in September 2022. 
This action has now been fully
implemented.
The Local Child Poverty Action
Report was prepared and submitted
to the Policy and Strategy
Committee in September 2022.  
Page 137 of 174

Page 138

Appendix 2 (continued) Internal Audit recommendations - Management actions with revised timescale of September 2022 per ASP meeting on 8/9/22
Head of Service
Report Details Details from original recommendation Position per previous
management update
Internal Audit comment
per previous update Internal Audit comment
Head of Financial Solutions
Use of Corporate Credit
Cards and Purchase
Cards
(November 2021)
Risk: Without a clear statement of expected procedures and
oversight arrangements, there is an increased risk of
inadequate control over the administration of purchase cards
and expenditure incurred which may be inappropriate and/or
not appropriately monitored.
Recommendation: The Head of Financial Solutions should,
in conjunction with Facility Support Services, undertake a
formal review of the purchase card scheme, to ensure that
an appropriate and effective control environment is
established and thereafter implemented.  The review should
include, but not be limited to, considering the issues
identified in the finding.
Category: High
The review of the purchase
card scheme is currently
underway.  Delays in
implementation are due to staff
changes, shortages and a
prioritisation of financial year
end activities.
Revised timescale:
September 2022
Although the review of the
purchase card scheme is not
yet complete, we acknowledge
that the delay in implementing
this is due to a number of
factors, including changes in
staff. A firm commitment has
been given by the Service to
complete the review by the
proposed revised timescale. 
This recommendation has been fully
implemented.
The review has now been completed
and the Policy reviewed and re-
issued to the relevant managers
along with detailed instruction on the
responsibility of card holders.
A briefing note providing details of
the Financial Solutions review and
resultant recommendations and was
issued to the Head of Financial
Solutions in September 2022.  Steps
have been taken to implement the
recommendations made in this
briefing note.
Page 138 of 174

Page 139

Appendix 3  Residual Risk Rating definition
Internal Audit Assessment of Residual Risk from non-implementation 
High Non-implementation of actions has the potential to significantly undermine the
relevant control environment.
Medium Non-implementation of actions has the potential to impact upon the achievement
of the control environment.
Low Other issues which require management attention but which pose less significant
or less immediate impacts to the control environment. 
Page 139 of 174

Page 140

Page 140 of 174

Page 141

North Lanarkshire Council
Report
Audit and Scrutiny Panel
Does this report require to be approved? ☐ Yes   ☒ No
Ref:  KA/ASP/Nov22  Date 24/11/22
Risk management update
From  Ken Adamson, Head of Audit & Risk
E-mail adamsonk@northlan.gov.uk Telephone 07939 280602 
Executive Summary
This report provides the Panel with a brief update on key risk management developments since
the most recent report in September and highlights a selection of the more significant issues
which are of current focus from a risk perspective.
The Council continues to operate within a complex and challenging environment which should
be reflected in corporate and service risks registers.  CMT have been reminded that all risks
should continue to be reviewed in line with the approved Risk Management Strategy.
Strategically significant risks of particular current focus include responding to the ongoing
challenges presented by current inflationary pressures and increased uncertainty over future
levels of funding for local government in light of wider developments in UK and Scottish public
sector finances.  The Council is also fully engaged with ongoing attempts to assess and
respond effectively to the likely significant impacts of the National Care Service draft legislation
and associated guidance on service users, staff and the Council more generally.  Responding
to the outcomes arising from the current consultation by the Scottish Government on the future
of education in Scotland is also likely to be of increasing focus.
Significant operational risks of particular current focus currently include work underway to
ensure the resilience of the Council’s home care service in light of ongoing pressures and in
advance of expectations of increased challenges over the winter period and ongoing work
around responding in both the short and longer-term to current and future challenges around
the provision of school transport.  Staffing issues, including potential industrial action and
responding to recruitment and retention challenges, have also featured prominently in recent
months.  Finally, risk issues continue to be addressed in relation to a number of significant
projects and programmes of work. 
Recommendations
The Panel is asked to consider the contents of the report and to:
(1) note the current residual scores for those risks previously agreed for inclusion in the
corporate risk register for 2022-23 at Appendix 1;
(2) note the addition to the corporate risk register of new risks relating to Data Migration and
School Transport as detailed at paras 2.8 to 2.13
(3) note the references to other topical risk issues highlighted in Section 2; and
(4) note the work ongoing to include key service risks (and an overview of how these risks are
being managed) as part of future reporting to CMT and the Panel. 
The Plan for North Lanarkshire
Priority  All priorities
Ambition statement All ambition statements
AGENDA ITEM 7
Page 141 of 174

Page 142

1. Background
1.1 The Council’s Risk Management Strategy requires that the corporate risk register is
refreshed on an annual basis; led by the Corporate Risk Team, working with the Risk
Management Corporate Working Group (RMCWG) on behalf of, and in consultation with,
the Corporate Management Team.  In addition, each Service is required to maintain its
own risk register in respect of the operational service risks within their areas of
responsibility.  CMT previously approved the 2022-23 corporate risk register as outlined
in the table at Appendix 1.
1.2 It is widely recognised that the environment within which the Council operates and
provides services continues to be dynamic, and corporate and service risk registers must
continually evolve in order to keep pace with and accurately reflect, the ongoing
challenges facing the Council.
1.3 To aid this process, earlier in 2022 the Corporate Risk Team prepared a ‘horizon
scanning’ paper to support considerations/discussions on risks associated with the
council’s future direction and strategic planning considerations.  The paper, attached at
Appendix 3, is intended to highlight risks and issues relevant to the environment within
which the Council operates.  The paper can also be used to generate discussion and
inform thinking in relation to the preparation and review of individual Service Risk
Registers.  It is proposed that such horizon scanning will form a key part of the corporate
risk register annual review exercises going forward. 
2. Report
2.1 The corporate risk register (at Appendix 1) approved for 2022-23 originally contained
24 risks.  Risks contained within the register have been subject to ongoing monitoring
and review throughout the year, with regular risk reporting to CMT and the Panel both
on the overall register, and with detail on individual risks being reported by relevant
Risk Leads.
2.2 The definition of a corporate risk is ‘those risks which can impact the Council in
achieving its priorities and stated objectives or are more strategic in nature and require
corporate oversight.  For example, such risks may have the potential to impact many
Services, and/or can impact significantly on the Council in terms of financial costs and
reputational damage.  The Corporate Risk Register will reflect an amalgamated position
of Service-level risks and may also include significant Service-level risks which have
been escalated for attention at a strategic level.’ 
2.3 Currently there are 23 risks classified as ‘live’ with completed risk documentation, and
2 risks classified as ‘draft’ where relevant documentation is currently being finalised. 
Those risks still currently being drafted are ‘Target Operating Model’ and ‘Improving
Educational Outcomes’.  Both of these risks are due to be finalised and reported as live
before the end of the year.  The remaining risk, ‘Impact of National Care Service
proposals’ is documented but remains unscored and actively under review in light of
ongoing uncertainty and developments as the legislative processes proceeds.
Update on the 2022-23 corporate risk register
2.4 Since the last update to the Panel, risk RIS0000256 Governance, Leadership and
Decision Making has been reviewed to consider impacts arising from the changing
political landscape and governance arrangements within the council.  This review
resulted in an increase in residual risk rating from 12 (MEDIUM) to 16 (HIGH)
recognising that there are a number of factors now present which create an increased
potential for issues to occur arising from this risk. These include the presence of a
significant number of new elected members following the Council elections in May 2022
and recent changes in the structure of the senior management team.  
Page 142 of 174

Page 143

2.5 The finely balanced political composition of the Council and recent changes in the
political leadership of the Council when combined with the challenging environment
facing the Council (and the need to make contentious and/or difficult decisions) are
considered to increase the risk of inconsistency and/or uncertainty around decision-
making and increased challenges in ensuring that future decisions and associated
resources reflect agreed corporate priorities and ambitions.  More detail on this risk
review together with the current risk assessment itself are contained within a separate
report to the Panel.
2.6 Risk RIS0000020 Digital & IT Strategy risk has also changed in scoring as a result of
its most recent review.  The residual risk rating has increased from 9 (Medium) to 12
(Medium).  Whilst staying in the same overall banding, the score has changed as a
result of an increase in the likelihood assessment from 3 ‘Possible’ to 4 ‘Likely’.  This
reflects the combination of a range of factors including the volume and rate of change
in technology and how the Service may need to respond to current and likely future
Council budget saving requirements where some of the technology changes required
may be substantial and impactful.
2.7 One further risk as increased in residual risk rating as a result of its most recent review,
that being RIS0000003: Human Resources.  The residual risk rating has increased from
12 (Medium) to 16 (High) which is reflective of the current challenges in relation to
recruitment and retention in some key service areas and in certain professional
disciplines.
2.8 In the period since the annual Corporate Risk Register review was completed, two
additional two risks have been added for inclusion on the corporate risk register. These
are ‘Home to School Transport (Mainstream temporary contracts due for renewal 14
October 2022); and 'Information Governance – Data Migration’.
2.9 Members will be aware of the school transport issues arising at the start of the 2022/23
school session when Strathclyde Partnership for Transport (SPT) contacted North
Lanarkshire Council to advise that they had failed to successfully arrange transport for
over 1600 children and young people due to attend school the next day.  This was, they
reported, due to systemic failure in the market for school transport contractors who
were scheduled to provide these services.  The scale of failure and the short-notice
provided by SPT was such that normal contingency arrangements were
understandably rendered totally inadequate.
2.10 Under the Council’s corporate resilience framework, an Emergency Planning Group
(School Transport) was established to manage the Council’s response and a range of
actions were taken to address the issue.  This group was also required to consider
whether additional contingency arrangements should be progressed and/or readied in
light of an additional 80 temporary contracts which were due to renew at the October
break.  And while additional contingency capacity was identified, to date significantly
fewer issues have arisen following the award of these contracts.
2.11 General risks around the provision and affordability of school transport arising from
current market conditions has undoubtedly increased and this will form part of a wider
strategic review currently underway of how the Council best addresses its obligations
in this area going forward.
2.12 Data Migration was a new risk that was created to assist the Council’s understanding
of the risks associated with migrating business data to O365 within short timescales
prior to network servers reaching their end of life and/or being decommissioned.  This
reflected that there was a risk that council data currently held within network drives
would not be migrated to SharePoint/Microsoft Teams within required timescales; that
the information which is migrated might include significant volumes of redundant,
obsolete and/or trivial information and that data migration may be rushed and poorly
managed with potential impacts that important data was not secure, lost in the transition
and/or data moved into storage areas that were not designed for it and/or that the
incorrect retention periods will be applied. 
Page 143 of 174

Page 144

2.13 The risk was initially assessed as having a high residual risk rating of 25 with additional
mitigating actions approved by the Data Governance Board to reduce this risk. 
Services were also asked to reflect this risk within their individual service risk registers
to better understand where the potential ‘hot spots’ or key impacts might arise.  There
has been much recent activity in this area which continues to be closely monitored by
the Data Governance Board.
2.14 Strategically significant risks of particular current focus include responding to the
ongoing challenges presented by current inflationary pressures and increased
uncertainty over future levels of funding for local government in light of wider
developments in UK and Scottish public sector finances.  This issue has been the
subject of recent reports to the Policy and Strategy Committee.
2.15 The Council is also fully engaged with wider policy developments which have the
potential to impact significantly on the Council and its corporate ambitions.  This
includes ongoing attempts to understand, assess and respond effectively to the likely
significant impacts on service users, staff and the Council more generally of the
National Care Service draft legislation and associated guidance.  Responding to the
outcomes arising from the current consultation by the Scottish Government on the
future of education in Scotland is also likely to be of increasing focus.  National
developments in both areas will continue to be kept under review and actioned as
required, with updates provided to relevant Committees at key development points.
2.16 The National Care Service (Scotland) Bill proposals allows Scottish Ministers to transfer
social care responsibility from local authorities to a new national service.  This could
include adult and children’s services, as well as areas such as justice social work - but
this has still to be determined.  Scottish Ministers will also be able to transfer healthcare
functions from the NHS to the National Care Service.  Policy and Strategy Committee
were provided with a report in September 2022 which provided an update on the
position of the Bill at its current Stage 1 position.
2.17 In view of the significant and wide-ranging impact which the NCS proposals will have
on the Council and the future delivery of support to individuals and families, the Policy
and Strategy Committee (in September 2022) approved the establishment of a Member
Officer Group to guide the council’s future engagement with the Bill process, support
planning and management of the potential impacts for the council, and ensure the
delivery of public services remain steadfast during what is expected to be a significant
period of change.
2.18 The Bill also has significant implications for the council in terms of the proposed transfer
on existing functions and staffing, the wider impact on service delivery and delivery of
The Plan for North Lanarkshire, and on the future functions of the council.  An initial
calculation suggests that up to 27% of the council’s workforce / resource base could be
in scope to transfer to the NCS.  As such, an Officer Working Group is in place to ensure
the ongoing identification and effective management of associated risks and provide
oversight in relation to the operational impact on future council functions.
2.19 Operationally, the Council continues to manage a wide range of risks associated with
day-to-day service delivery and progressing projects and programmes of work. 
Significant operational risks of particular current focus currently include work underway
to ensure the resilience of the Council’s home care service in light of ongoing pressures
and in advance of expectations of increased challenges over the winter period and
ongoing work around responding in both the short and longer-term to current and future
challenges around the provision of school transport.  Staffing issues, including potential
industrial action and responding to recruitment and retention challenges, have also
featured prominently in recent months.  Finally, risk issues continue to be addressed in
relation to a number of significant projects and programmes of work.  
Page 144 of 174

Page 145

2.20 Members will note at Appendix 1, that the overall corporate risk profile has changed
with a notable increase in the number of risks which now sit within the ‘High’ category
for residual risk rating.  This is to be expected as a result of the complex and challenging
environment in which the Council is operating, and the changing risk profile itself should
be a key consideration in the planning and decision-making activities of the Council. 
To support this, it is proposed that as part of the planned Risk Management Strategy
review for 2022-23, there will be some focus on ‘fine-tuning' the risk scoring approach
to ensure this provides greater differentiation in ratings (and rationale for those ratings),
that will enable CMT and elected members to better distinguish areas that require more
focus particularly within the ‘High’ residual risk category.  The Corporate Risk Team
proposes to provide CMT with some analysis and recommendations on a revised
approach to risk scoring for consideration and agreement in order to achieve this as a
key development of the planned review of the Risk Management Strategy, the results
of which will be reported to Policy and Strategy Committee for approval early in 2023.
2.21 Generally corporate risks are being reviewed within reasonable timescales however
there can be occasions where they fall overdue and Risk Leads have been reminded
of the need to contact the Corporate Risk Team promptly when e-mail reminders are
received to advise that a risk is due its review.  The Corporate Risk team will assist in
the facilitation and co-ordination of those reviews, and timely consideration will allow
risk review frequencies to be maintained aligned to risk rating, and avoid risks
becoming out of date, ensuring risks are current and reflective of the most current
position.
2.22 Regular consideration by senior management of Service risks and Service risk registers
is expected, but how such consideration is undertaken is not prescribed as it is
considered appropriate to ensure that how risks are considered is aligned to and
integrated within each Service areas own distinct management arrangements.  All
Services have been encouraged however to regularly review risk registers for
completeness and to ensure that Service risks are reported regularly to Service
management teams.  The corporate risk team will be developing formal measures to
review and report on compliance in this aspect of the Council’s risk arrangements
during 2022-23.  The Corporate Risk team will continue to work with Corporate Risk
Leads and Service Risk Champions to ensure that risks registers continue to capture
and reflect the current key challenges facing the organisation. 
Other risk management developments 
2.23 The Risk Management Corporate Working Group is currently exploring with Service
Risk Champions how best to identify significant Service risks which will be reported to
both CMT and the Panel in future risk management update reports.
2.24 The Corporate Risk Team also continues to actively support the application of risk
management practice and Project Boards’ consideration of risk in a number of key
corporate projects including most recently the Shared Campus, Asset Rationalisation
and Climate Change projects.
2.25 The planned review of the existing Corporate Risk Management Strategy will
commence shortly and be carried out in accordance with the Strategic Policy
Framework Guidance, with reporting back to CMT and the Policy and Strategy
Committee for approval scheduled for early-2023.
2.26 The Corporate Risk team are also actively progressing all actions agreed in response
to the recent Internal Audit review.  A number of areas for improvement were identified
and management committed to a range of actions to address these.  These included
that replacement and/or new corporate risks needed to be documented and assessed
in line with agreed timescales, improvements were required in respect of the monitoring
of training on risk and a framework for monitoring compliance with the Risk
Management Strategy needed to be developed and implemented to better facilitate
assessment and overview of the adequacy and effectiveness of risk management
arrangements within Services.  All key actions are captured and being progressed by
Page 145 of 174

Page 146

the Corporate Risk Team working either with individual risk leads or with Service Risk
Champions via the Risk Management Corporate Working Group.
Further review of the corporate risk register
2.27 In order to provide further update to CMT and the Panel on completion of ‘draft’ risks
and resulting outcome of risk assessments, a further formal review of the corporate risk
register will be carried out in December 2022 and reported to CMT and the Panel.  It
was also proposed to supplement the Corporate/Strategic risk register information for
the first time with a summary of key Service risks from service risk registers.  Not only
will this allow CMT and the Panel to gain a clearer understanding and awareness of
key service risks, but it will have the added value of ensuring better alignment between
key corporate risks and issues, with the content of individual Service risk registers. 
3. Measures of success
3.1 The corporate risk management team will continue to report quarterly to CMT and the
Audit and Scrutiny Panel providing an overview of key developments in risk
management and updating on progress in respect of planned improvements to the
Council’s risk management arrangements.
3.2 The adequacy and effectiveness of the Council’s risk management arrangements will
be independently and regularly reviewed by Internal Audit, who will report directly on
the results of that work to the Audit and Scrutiny Panel.
3.3 Effective risk management arrangements assist the Council in achieving planned
outcomes and/or help the Council mitigate the impacts of adverse events. 
4. Supporting documentation 
Appendix 1: 2022-23 corporate risk register
Appendix 2:  Risk scoring matrix and descriptors
Appendix 3: Horizon scanning: Current strategic risks and issues facing the Council 
Ken Adamson
Head of Audit and Risk 
Page 146 of 174

Page 147

5. Impacts 
5.1 Public Sector Equality Duty and Fairer Scotland Duty
Does the report contain information that has an impact as a result of the Public
Sector Equality Duty and/or Fairer Scotland Duty?
Yes ☐ No ☒
5.2 Financial impact
Does the report contain any financial impacts?
Yes ☐ No ☒
5.3 HR policy impact 
Does the report contain any HR policy or procedure impacts?
Yes ☐ No ☒
5.4 Legal impact
Does the report contain any legal impacts (such as general legal matters, statutory
considerations (including employment law considerations), or new legislation)?
Yes ☐ No ☒
5.5 Data protection impact 
Does the report / project / practice contain or involve the processing of personal data? 
Yes ☐ No ☒
5.6 Technology / Digital impact
Does the report contain information that has an impact on either technology, digital
transformation, service redesign / business change processes, data management, or
connectivity / broadband / Wi-Fi?
Yes ☐ No ☒
5.7 Environmental / Carbon impact
Does the report / project / practice contain information that has an impact on any
environmental or carbon matters?
Yes ☐ No ☒
5.8 Communications impact
Does the report contain any information that has an impact on the council’s
communications activities?
Yes ☐ No ☒
5.9 Risk impact
Is there a risk impact?
Yes ☒ No ☐
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the key risks and potential impacts,
highlighting where the risk(s) are assessed and recorded (e.g. Corporate or Service
or Project Risk Registers), and how they are managed?
Effective risk management arrangements including the identification, assessment,
management and oversight of relevant risks will increase the likelihood of the Council
achieving its ambitions and plans by more effectively mitigating potential threats to
planned outcomes.  It also contributes to effective management of risks relating to all
service and operational areas. 
Page 147 of 174

Page 148

Appendix 1: 2022-23 corporate risk register 
CORPORATE RISKS (Operational) Likelihood Impact Rating Evaluation
1. Information Governance – Data Migration 5 5 25 High
2. Information Governance & Information Security 5 4 20 High
3. ICT operational capability 4 4 16 High
4. Public Protection 4 4 16 High
5. Human Resources 4 4 16 High
6. Governance Leadership & Decision Making 4 4 16 High
7. Supply Chain Risk 4 4 16 High
8. Scottish Child Abuse Inquiry 4 4 16 High
9. Health and Safety 5 3 15 High
10. Business continuity planning 5 3 15 High
11. Terrorism 3 5 15 High
12. School Transport (Mainstream -temp contracts Oct) 4 3 12 Medium
13. Procurement risk 3 4 12 Medium
14. Resilience planning 2 5 10 Medium
15. Serious organised crime, fraud and corruption  3 3 9 Medium
CORPORATE RISKS (Strategic) Likelihood Impact Rating Proximity
16. Tackling Poverty 5 4 20 High
17. Climate Change 4 4 16 High
18. Implementation of Economic Regeneration
Development Plan  3 5 15 High
19. Financial Sustainability 3 5 15 High
20. Enterprise Project 3 4 12 Medium
21. Managing strategic change  3 4 12 Medium
22. Digital and IT strategy 4 3  12 Medium
23. Engagement and consultation 3 3 9 Medium
24. Target Operating Model – (Ensuring resources
(workforce, digital and assets) and service delivery
are fully aligned to support the successful
implementation of the Council’s future operating
model. 
To be
confirmed
To be
confirmed
To be
confirmed
To be
confirmed
25. Impact of National Care Service  To be
confirmed
To be
confirmed
To be
confirmed
To be
confirmed
26. Improving Educational Outcomes  To be
confirmed
To be
confirmed
To be
confirmed
To be
confirmed
Page 148 of 174

Page 149

APPENDIX 2: LIKELIHOOD / IMPACT DESCRIPTORS AND RISK MATRIX
Likelihood Descriptors:
Score Probability of occurrence Description
5 Over 90% Almost certain to occur within 12 months
4 61-90% Likely to occur within 12 months
3 31-60% Possible that it may occur within 12 months
2 11 - 30% Unlikely to occur within 12 months 
1 10% or less Rare that it would occur within 12 months
Impact Descriptors:
Score
Description of impact
On Service
Objectives Financial On people On time to recover On reputation
5 Catastrophic
Unable to
function, inability
to fulfil
obligations
Severe financial
loss (over 25%
of budget)
Death
Serious – in excess of 2
years to recover to pre-
event position
Highly damaging,
severe loss of public
confidence
4 Major
Significant
impact on
service
objectives
Major financial
loss (between
10% and 25% of
budget)
Extensive injury,
major
permanent harm
Major – between 1 and
2 years to recover to
pre-event position
Major adverse publicity,
major loss of
confidence
3 Moderate
Moderate impact
on service
objectives
Significant
financial loss
(between 2.5%
and 10% of
budget)
Medical
treatment
required, semi-
permanent harm
up to one year
Considerable –
between 6 months to 1
year to recover to pre-
event position
Some adverse
publicity, legal
implications
2 Minor
Minor impact on
service
objectives
Moderate
financial loss
(between 1%
and 2.5% of
budget)
First aid
treatment, non-
permanent harm
up to 1 month
Some – 2 to 6 months
to recover to pre-event
position
Short-term public
embarrassment  and no
damage to reputation
1 Insignificant
Minimal impact,
no service
disruption
Minimal loss (up
to 1% of budget)
No obvious
harm/injury
Minimal – up to 2
months to recover
No interest to the
media, internal only.
Risk Matrix:
Likelihood
5 - Almost certain 5 10 15 20 25
4 - Likely 4 8 12 16 20
3 - Possible 3 6 9 12 15
2 - Unlikely 2 4 6 8 10
1 - Rare 1 2 3 4 5 
1 - Insignificant 2 - Minor 3 - Moderate 4 - Major 5 - Catastrophic
Impact
Risk Rating
Insignificant
1-3
Low
4-6
Medium
8-12
High
15-25 
Page 149 of 174

Page 150

Appendix 3 – Horizon Scanning - current strategic risks and issues facing the
Council (originally prepared March 2022; updated in October 2022)
This note has been prepared by the Corporate Risk Team (in March 2022 and updated in
October 2022) to support CMT discussions on the Council’s future direction and strategic
planning considerations and represents an informed horizon scanning of the environment
within which the Council will operate.
It does not highlight all those risks currently on the corporate risk register, particularly those
that relate to the management of day-to-day operations of the Council, but rather attempts to
highlight where current corporate risks relate to the broad strategic themes highlighted in the
document.
1. Constitutional uncertainty
Links to existing corporate risks: ‘Managing strategic change’ and ‘Impact of National Care
Service’
• Potential for an independence referendum to be held during current parliamentary
session.
• Following Brexit, it remains unclear how the UK internal market (across England, Scotland,
Wales, and Northern Ireland) will operate and how some aspects of the existing devolution
structures will operate.
• The process of implementing the Scotland Act 2016 remains incomplete (VAT assignment
and full adoption of social security powers).  The fiscal framework is due for review in
2022.
• Uncertainty surrounding the potential impact of all of the above, and proposals relating to
National Care Service and the potential impact of moves towards greater national or
regional collaboration in Education on the future composition and funding of Scottish local
government.
2. Economic challenges
Links to existing corporate risks: ‘Implementation of ERDP’ ‘Digital and IT Strategy’
‘Educational attainment’ ‘Supply chain’ and ‘Climate change’ and ‘Tackling Poverty’
• The pandemic has resulted in an economic downturn.  Some sectors of the economy
may be permanently affected.  The nature and timing of economic recovery remains
unclear.  Establishing a more digital, more inclusive economy will require time and
significant investment in skills.  The economy will have to reshape to enable climate
change objectives to be met.  Economic/inflationary pressures on household incomes
may drive greater demand for public services.
• Scotland’s fiscal framework means that public sector budgets are now more closely tied
to economic performance (and Scotland’s performance relative to the rest of the UK)
than at any time since devolution in 1999.
• The short and longer-term economic effects of exit from the European Union (due to
changes in access to markets and migration patterns) remain to be seen.
• Uncertainty around short-term impacts of geopolitical situation with Russia and Ukraine
and potential longer-term impacts on wider supply chains/increased focus on supply
chain resilience with consequential potential impacts on rising costs, availability etc.  
Page 150 of 174

Page 151

Appendix 3 -  Horizon Scanning - current strategic risks and issues facing the
Council (continued)
3. Financial sustainability 
Links to existing corporate risks: ‘Financial sustainability’
• A considerable proportion of the Scottish public sector budget is spent on the NHS and
social care.  Along with the effects of the pandemic, demographic change and medical
advances mean that despite being prioritised in successive Scottish Government
budgets (at the expense of local government) the pressure on these budgets is already
acute and appears insatiable.  Some NHS boards have already seen overspends,
despite the NHS budget having grown in real terms.
• The public sector already has many long-term financial commitments (pensions,
PFI/PPP/NPD payments) that extend decades into the future.  This constrains its
financial flexibility.
• Prior to the pandemic, there were already concerns about the financial sustainability of
certain parts of the public sector in their current form including local government and
policing.  The pandemic has focused the public sector’s attention on short-term priorities. 
The need and challenges for medium and long-term financial planning to ensure future
planned activities are compatible with financial sustainability remains.
4. Addressing inequalities
Links to existing corporate risks: ‘Tackling Poverty’, Implementation of ERDP’ and ‘Educational
Attainment’
• There is still a significant amount of progress to be made to reduce inequalities.  Areas
affected include wealth, health and wellbeing and education.  These inequalities affect
diverse communities and groups (including women and girls, BAME people, older
people, disabled people etc.) often in complex and interacting ways.
• There are profound geographical inequalities both across Scotland and within individual
Council areas.  Demographic changes (the aging population and movement of
population from some parts of Scotland to others) may alter these patterns.
• There is a need to capture users’ perspectives and enable communities to have greater
power and influence over what matters to them through increased community
engagement and meaningful participation in the planning/design and delivery of public
services.
5. Performance and innovation
Links to existing corporate risks: ‘‘Governance, leadership and decision-making’ ‘Information
security and governance’, ICT operational capability’, ‘Digital and IT strategy’
• Ten years since the Christie report, there is still limited evidence of a significant shift
towards preventive spending.
• Mounting financial pressures are starting to have an impact on how well some public
services are performing.  This may affect delivery of the outcomes in the National
Performance Framework, such as reducing educational inequalities.  The pandemic
has exacerbated this, created backlogs and reduced access to some public services
and affected systems to monitor performance.
• The integration of health and social care remains a work in progress with considerable
cultural, organisational, and financial challenges.  The proposals surrounding the
creation of a National Care Service have the potential to create significant challenges
and strategic, financial, and operational risks to the Council’s current operations and
ability to deliver against its wider ambitions.
• The pandemic has accelerated the shift to greater digital delivery of public services, but
true digital transformation remains a significant challenge to deliver and generates risks
around capacity, digital exclusion, cybersecurity, and fraud. 
Page 151 of 174

Page 152

Appendix 4 - Current strategic risks and issues facing the Council (continued)
6. Leadership, workforce, and governance
Links to existing corporate risks: ‘Governance, leadership and decision-making’, ‘Human
Resources’ ‘Managing strategic change’, ‘Engagement and consultation’)
• Leadership roles are increasingly difficult to fill in parts of the public sector with
increased turnover/vacancies at senior (chief executive, director) levels.
• To secure long-term outcomes, collaborative leadership across multiple organisations
and sectors is essential.  Achieving this remains challenging when existing public sector
structures and systems of incentives and accountability remain siloed.
• An ageing population, increasing demands for Council services, relatively inflexible
remuneration arrangements and a smaller working age population presents real
challenges for local authorities to ensure they remain an attractive option for younger
workers and can recruit and retain sufficient staff with the right skills and attributes. 
Also increased focus on ensuring our employees reflect the diversity of our local
communities.
• The shift to digital technology and the expansion in the use of data and artificial
intelligence demands greater attention to digital governance to ensure that ethical,
privacy and equalities and human rights perspectives are carefully considered.
7. Other current and potential future corporate risks with strategic
considerations
• Public Protection: always a high-risk and high-profile issue.  Increased risks arising
during the pandemic and from the economic challenges facing many families and
communities will likely result in continuing pressures.
• Enterprise Project: refocused and narrower than originally envisaged but still a
significant project which will need to be successfully delivered to underpin key aspects
of service delivery and to contribute to the achievement of many of the Council’s wider
ambitions.
• Place-making: central to the Council’s ambitions and links the Council’s future
operating model and associated asset requirements to the wider development and
delivery of the Town Centre Visions designed to create vibrant and sustainable towns
across North Lanarkshire.
• Working/collaborating with partners and other stakeholders – the Council increasingly
needs to work in partnership to address the complex challenges facing our towns and
communities.  This can be challenging and also requires us to rely on the willingness,
capacity and ability of third parties to positively engage.
• Organisational resilience and agility – while the resilience of the organisation has been
well-tested over the last two years, there remains a risk that our longer-term ability to
anticipate and respond to external factors is impaired, for example, as a result of further
financial and workforce pressures.  The maturity and effectiveness of key enablers such
as risk management, project management and contract management will directly affect
how well we can, identify, anticipate and respond to certain challenge.
Page 152 of 174

Page 153

Page 153 of 174

Page 154

Page 154 of 174

Page 155

North Lanarkshire Council
Report
Audit and Scrutiny Panel 
Does this report require to be approved? ☐ Yes   ☒ No
Ref:  KA/ASP/Nov22  Date 24/11/22
Corporate risk update – Governance, leadership and decision-
making
From  Ken Adamson, Head of Audit & Risk
E-mail adamsonk@northlan.gov.uk Telephone 07939 280602 
Executive Summary
To support the Council in mitigating risks and uncertainty, the Council operates risk
management arrangements which identify, evaluate, manage, and control a range of key
corporate risks.
All risks identified and agreed as meriting inclusion in the corporate risk register are subject to
regular monitoring and review by relevant senior management and periodic
review/consideration of individual risks by both the CMT and the Audit and Scrutiny Panel
(ASP) in line with the Council’s Risk Management Strategy and their respective governance
roles.
In line with the previously approved timetable for reporting on corporate risks, this report
focuses on the deep dive of the ‘Governance, leadership and decision-making’ corporate risk.
The report provides an overview of the current risk environment together with an overview of
existing controls and actions taken to date to mitigate against this risk, as well as further actions
planned to continue to manage and update this risk.  Members should note that following the
most recent review of this risk, the residual risk score has increased from 12 to 16 largely
attributable to the elections in May 2022 and subsequent political events which is assessed as
having increased uncertainty in a number of areas. 
Recommendations
The Panel is asked to consider the contents of the report and to:
(1) note the updated deep-dive (at Appendix 1) which highlights that the residual risk score in
relation to the ‘Governance, leadership and decision-making’ corporate risk has increased;
(2) note the current and planned controls and actions relating to this corporate risk;
(3) recognise the important role that Elected Members and Chief Officers have in relation to
the ongoing management and mitigation of this risk. 
The Plan for North Lanarkshire
Priority  All priorities
Ambition statement All ambition statements
AGENDA ITEM 8A
Page 155 of 174

Page 156

1. Background
1.1 CMT has previously approved the corporate risk register for 2022-23.
1.2 The definition of a corporate risk is ‘those risks which can impact the Council in
achieving its priorities and stated objectives or are more strategic in nature and require
corporate oversight.  For example, such risks may have the potential to impact many
Services, and/or can impact significantly on the Council in terms of financial costs and
reputational damage.  The Corporate Risk Register will reflect an amalgamated position
of Service-level risks and may also include significant Service-level risks which have
been escalated for attention at a strategic level.’
1.3 Risks contained within the register are subject to ongoing monitoring and review
throughout the year, with regular risk reporting to CMT and Audit & Scrutiny Panel both
on the overall register, and with detail on individual risks being reported by relevant
Risk Leads. 
2. Report
2.1 The previous corporate risk register approved for 2022-23 contained 24 risks. 
Immediately following the local government elections in May 2022, it was recognised,
that the resultant changes in the political landscape and governance arrangements
within the council, were likely to have a bearing on a number of existing corporate risks.
2.2 It was agreed, therefore, that management review risk RIS0000256: Governance,
Leadership & Decision Making at an early opportunity to reflect any resulting impacts
on the nature and significance of this risk and how these issues are managed.
2.3 There have, of course, been a number of significant political developments since that
earlier decision and these have now been reflected in the current risk assessment
which is attached at Appendix 1.
2.4 The Deep Dive reflects upon the importance of sound and robust governance,
leadership and effective decision-making to the ability of the Council to deliver against
its ambitions.  In particular, the document notes that operating within the context of a
minority administration (irrespective of its political composition) presents significant
additional risks and challenges to the good governance, leadership and decision-
making of the Council.
2.5 Should relationships between officers and elected members, or within and/or between
the political groups, break down then decision-making within the organisation may
become increasingly difficult, inconsistent, impaired or even cease altogether.  It is
important therefore that officers maintain good working relationships with all political
groups and that, where possible, consensus is sought about shared goals, ambitions
and planned outcomes.
2.6 Should officers and the various political groups fail to work effectively together then it
would become more difficult to achieve a cohesive policy framework or to achieve clear
and consistent decision-making which ultimately could mean that the strategic direction
of the Council may become less clear and/or service delivery could be confused and/or
fragmented with potentially detrimental impacts on service users and local
communities.  Sound financial planning could also be detrimentally impacted in such
circumstances.
2.7 Ensuring effective working relationships between the Chief Executive and Corporate
Management Team and the political leadership of the administration (including the
Council Leader and individual Conveners) and the leadership of the various political
groups will be important in ensuring that the risk and challenges surrounding this
corporate risk are effectively managed.  
Page 156 of 174

Page 157

2.8 It is considered that the Council has well-established and generally adequate and
effective controls in place to deliver sound governance, leadership and decision-
making.  This has been confirmed by management’s own self-assessment,
independent reviews by Internal Audit and generally positive comments from external
agencies such as Audit Scotland.  These arrangements are generally expected to
significantly reduce but not eliminate the likelihood of the risk occurring.
2.9 However, it is recognised that there are a number of factors which are now present
which create an increased potential for issues to occur arising from this risk.  These
include the presence of a significant number of new elected members following the
Council elections in May 2022 and recent changes in the senior management team
structure.  The finely-balanced political composition of the Council and the associated
recent changes in the political leadership of the Council when combined with the
challenging environment (and the need to make contentious and/or difficult decisions)
facing the Council are considered to increase the risk of inconsistency and/or
uncertainty around decision-making and increased challenges in ensuring that future
decisions and associated resources reflect agreed corporate priorities and ambitions.
2.10 Whilst current controls and planned actions seek to minimise the impact of these factors
on the likelihood of issues arising, it is recognised that the political dimension within
which part of the risk sits is not one that can or should be readily ‘controlled’ in a formal
sense.  The impact, if any, of recent political changes and changes to the composition
and structure of the Corporate Management Team has also yet to be fully established.
2.11 While it is considered that the Council has well-established and generally adequate and
effective controls in place to deliver sound governance, leadership and decision-
making, these arrangements are not considered to significantly reduce the nature and
scale of impacts if the risk materialises and it is considered that the potential remains
for any such impacts to be significant.  Consequently, overall, these issues have led to
management increasing the residual risk score for this issue from 12 to 16. 
3. Measures of success
3.1 CMT and ASP are content with, and have an appropriate understanding of, the key
risks facing the Council and how these are being managed
3.2 The corporate risk management team will continue to report quarterly to CMT and the
ASP providing an overview of key developments in risk management and updating on
progress in respect of planned improvements to the Council’s risk management
arrangements.
3.3 The adequacy and effectiveness of the Council’s risk management arrangements will
be independently and regularly reviewed by Internal Audit, who will report directly on
the results of that work to the ASP.
3.4 Effective risk management arrangements assist the Council in achieving planned
outcomes and/or help the Council mitigate the impacts of adverse events. 
4. Supporting documentation 
Appendix 1: Deep dive (October 2022) – Corporate Risk: Governance, leadership and
decision-making 
Ken Adamson
Head of Audit and Risk 
Page 157 of 174

Page 158

5. Impacts 
5.1 Public Sector Equality Duty and Fairer Scotland Duty
Does the report contain information that has an impact as a result of the Public
Sector Equality Duty and/or Fairer Scotland Duty?
Yes ☐ No ☒
5.2 Financial impact
Does the report contain any financial impacts?
Yes ☐ No ☒
5.3 HR policy impact 
Does the report contain any HR policy or procedure impacts?
Yes ☐ No ☒
5.4 Legal impact
Does the report contain any legal impacts (such as general legal matters, statutory
considerations (including employment law considerations), or new legislation)?
Yes ☐ No ☒
5.5 Data protection impact 
Does the report / project / practice contain or involve the processing of personal data? 
Yes ☐ No ☒
5.6 Technology / Digital impact
Does the report contain information that has an impact on either technology, digital
transformation, service redesign / business change processes, data management, or
connectivity / broadband / Wi-Fi?
Yes ☐ No ☒
5.7 Environmental / Carbon impact
Does the report / project / practice contain information that has an impact on any
environmental or carbon matters?
Yes ☐ No ☒
5.8 Communications impact
Does the report contain any information that has an impact on the council’s
communications activities?
Yes ☐ No ☒
5.9 Risk impact
Is there a risk impact?
Yes ☒ No ☐
If Yes, please provide a brief summary of the key risks and potential impacts,
highlighting where the risk(s) are assessed and recorded (e.g. Corporate or Service
or Project Risk Registers), and how they are managed?
Included in the corporate risk register.
Effective risk management arrangements including the identification, assessment,
management and oversight of relevant risks will increase the likelihood of the Council
achieving its ambitions and plans by more effectively mitigating potential threats to
planned outcomes.  It also contributes to effective management of risks relating to all
service and operational areas.
Page 158 of 174

Page 159

Appendix 1 Deep dive (October 2022) – Corporate Risk: Governance, leadership and decision-making
Deep Dive Report RIS0000256 Risk Title Governance Leadership and Decision Making Owner Des Murray
Risk Context 
To comply with CIPFA good governance principles for local government, the Council is required to ensure that its business is conducted in
accordance with the law and proper standards, and that public money is safeguarded, properly accounted for, and used economically, efficiently,
and effectively.  A range of structures, processes, and codes must be in place that define roles and responsibilities and accountabilities and
establish mechanisms to enable the council to pursue its vision effectively and ensure that the vision is underpinned with effective control and
management of risk. 
The overall aim is to ensure:  
• There is sound, consistent, coherent and inclusive decision making; - Resources are aligned with agreed corporate policies and reflect
agreed corporate priorities, ambitions and planned activities including approved programme of work workstreams. 
• The operation of the Council's governance arrangements respects the distinct roles and responsibilities of senior officers and elected
members (including the roles of Council Leader and individual Conveners) 
• There is sound financial planning and clear accountability for the use of resources in achieving defined outcomes for service users and
local communities. 
Good governance is also central to the Council meeting statutory best value obligations as effective governance and accountability arrangements,
with openness and transparency in decision-making, schemes of delegation and effective reporting of performance are essential for taking informed
decisions and ensuring effective scrutiny of performance and stewardship of resources.  Effective governance and leadership are therefore key to
setting the councils strategic direction, ensuring clarity in terms of roles and responsibilities, ensuring sound decision making in terms of the
allocation of resources, and facilitating delivery of the shared ambition for North Lanarkshire. 
Clarity about governance arrangements, roles and responsibilities and good working relationships are central to the success of any organisation. 
And the Accounts Commission, amongst others, has repeatedly expressed the view that getting governance, leadership and decision-making right
in councils has a significant bearing on how well they perform in achieving their objectives, delivering vital services for local people and communities
and ensuring value for money.  Trust, confidence and good conduct between elected members and senior officers are recognised as essential for
building and maintaining good relationships, and supporting good leadership, management and performance.  (Audit Scotland: How councils work:
Roles and Working Relationships: are you getting it right, 2010). 
Elected Members have complex and demanding roles, representing constituents, providing direction, and scrutinising service performance. 
Council Officers give professional advice and are responsible for operational leadership and management of the organisation.  In theory these
roles and responsibilities are clear and distinct, but often they can become blurred and there are many complexities in the current local government
environment which impact on this in practice and which need to be carefully managed.  Working together effectively whilst respecting each other's
distinct roles, Members and Officers should collectively lead and manage the Council to provide services that improve the lives of local people.
It is important that elected members take cognisance of relevant local and national policies as well as relevant statutory considerations during
decision making to ensure the robustness and sustainability of the Council's direction of travel, while officers should be aware of, and consider, the
political environment in which the Council and elected members operate and which will rightly impact on decision making. 
The Council has agreed and laid out a clear long-term vision for North Lanarkshire in The Plan for North Lanarkshire and the associated annual
Programmes of Work.  This, together with the key risks facing the Council as outlined in the corporate risk register, highlights the significant and
challenging agenda that the Council faces reinforcing the need for clarity in roles and responsibilities and effective working relationships between
Last
assessment
undertaken 
4 October 2022
Page 159 of 174

Page 160

elected members and officers in order to deliver on the Council's challenging ambitions.  The Chief Executive, acting as Head of Paid Service, and
the Corporate Management Team are responsible for maintaining strategic oversight and direction of the council's Programme of Work and The
Plan for North Lanarkshire as well as developing, monitoring and providing oversight of the activities and policies of the council.  The effectiveness
of the leadership role undertaken by the Council's senior management is vital if the Council is to deliver against its key objectives and corporate
ambitions.
The Council elections in May 2022 resulted in the Council initially having a new minority SNP administration.  This altered in August when political
leadership of the Council changed and reverted back to the position immediately prior to the elections in May with a minority Labour administration
in place. 
The current finely-balanced political composition of the Council could mean that the Council may find it more difficult to make decisions and/or to
deliver consistent decision-making.  This may particularly affect challenging or contentious decisions relating to structures, policies and/or those
impacting future service delivery, many more of which are likely to be required as a result of the significant financial challenges facing the Council. 
Responding consistently to the inevitable tensions that often arise between short-term issues and the Council's longer-term ambitions is also likely
to become more difficult and/or more unpredictable. 
Operating within the context of a minority administration (irrespective of its political composition) also presents significant additional risks and
challenges to the good governance, leadership and decision-making of the Council.  Should relationships between officers and elected members,
or within and/or between the political groups, break down then decision-making within the organisation may become increasingly difficult,
inconsistent, impaired or even cease altogether.  It is important therefore that officers maintain a good working relationship with all political groups
and that, where possible, consensus is sought about shared goals, ambitions and planned outcomes.  Should officers and the various political
groups fail to work effectively together then it would become more difficult to achieve a cohesive policy framework or to achieve clear and consistent
decision-making which ultimately could mean that the strategic direction of the Council may become less clear and/or service delivery could be
confused and/or fragmented with potentially detrimental impacts on service users and local communities.  Sound financial planning could also be
detrimentally impacted in such circumstances. 
Ensuring effective working relationships between the Chief Executive and Corporate Management Team and the political leadership of the
administration (including the Council Leader and individual Conveners) and the leadership of the various political groups will be important in
ensuring that the risk and challenges surrounding this corporate risk are effectively managed.
Risk Description
There is a risk that the council's governance arrangements will be impaired and/or unable to deliver on the shared ambition set out in The Plan for
North Lanarkshire and associated Programme of Work and/or deliver best value services and/or financial sustainability while effectively fulfilling its
governance and public accountability duties.
Due To
• Failure to establish sound governance arrangements and/or to monitor and periodically review their effectiveness; 
• Failure to provide adequate organisational leadership and strategic direction and/or effective communication and understanding of the same; 
• Lack of openness and transparency in decision-making / inadequate and/or failure to comply with Scheme of Delegation 
• Lack of clarity over the respective roles and responsibilities of elected members and officers and/or failure to comply with the Chief Officers
Code of Conduct and/or the Code of Conduct for Elected Members; 
• Lack of trust and/or confidence leading to poor working relationships between elected members, officers and key partners; 
• Potential for increased uncertainty and/or consistency in decision-making particularly around difficult and/or contentious decisions as a result
of the political balance of the Council which has resulted in a minority administration; 
Organisation
Structure 
North Lanarkshire
Corporate
Page 160 of 174

Page 161

• Inadequate focus on strategic plans and ambitions as a result of a disproportionate focus on/consideration of decisions with short term impacts; 
• Poor quality of committee reports with no or inadequate information/evidence to support and inform effective decision-making processes; 
• Insufficient or inconsistent levels of understanding around  the role of elected members re- governance, challenge and scrutiny roles; 
• Failure of the Chief Executive and the Corporate Management Team to effectively discharge their roles re-providing strategic leadership and
oversight of performance; 
• Inadequate senior officer engagement with the administration in early stages of key proposals; 
• Inadequate cross party working where appropriate and/or desirable;
Impact
• Inability to progress key strategic priorities and ambitions; 
• Council being unable to effect the changes needed to meet current and future challenges; 
• Inability of senior management and elected members to agree on strategic direction and detailed requirements/decisions necessary to deliver
The Plan; 
• Time lost in re-planning and re-submission of amended plans and obtaining buy-in; 
• Time of elected members and senior management diverted to resolving more minor issues rather than focus on meeting the needs of the
community; - Decision making processes are ineffective and/or could grind to a halt and/or be impeded; 
• Impacts on service delivery and/or poor responsiveness to the needs of our communities; 
• Significant reputational impact; 
• Senior officer resource diverted to resolving minor issues raised by elected members; 
• Inability to effectively achieve and demonstrate best value; 
• Decisions taken without appropriate levels of understanding/authority/budget/legality; 
• Fraud/misappropriation of assets; 
• Failure to manage conflicts of interest; 
• Poor morale; 
• Poor mobilisation of resources to effect change;
• Inefficiency, duplication of effort;
• External intervention/criticism and associated reputational damage.
Corporate Priorities
• Improve economic opportunities and outcomes
• Support all children and young people to realise their full potential
• Improve North Lanarkshire’s resource base
• Enhance participation, capacity, and empowerment across our communities
• • Improve the health and wellbeing of our communities
Inherent Assessment ASM0003112 Likelihood - 5 Impact - 5 High - 25 Page 161 of 174

Page 162

Controls and Actions Owner Status Due Date
CON0000737 - Development and approval of The Plan for North Lanarkshire Des Murray Implemented 
CON0000738 - At its meeting on 9 June 2022, the Council approved a new Scheme of Administration
(Committee structure) which reflected the newly created organisational structure.
Archie Aitken Implemented 
CON0000739 - Five complementary frameworks in place to support The Plan for North Lanarkshire and
Programme of Work: - Strategic Policy Framework - Strategic Performance framework including Public
performance reporting - Strategic Self-evaluation framework - Strategic Governance framework - Project
Management Model
Katrina Hassell Enhancing 
ACT0000716 - CON0000739 - Update on the review and refresh of each of the supporting frameworks
(policy, performance, governance, self-evaluation) is part of the Programme of Work for 2022/23  This aims
to ensure each element in each framework is up to date, on a timetable for review at an appropriate interval,
and reported to the relevant committee.
Susan Lawrie Raised 31 March 2023
ACT0000738 - CON0000739 - Update on the review and refresh for each of the supporting frameworks (as
part of the Programme of Work for 2021/22) includes use of the corporate project management model to
ensure a consistent, corporate approach to managing projects and programmes of work.
Susan Lawrie Raised 28 October
2022
CON0000743 - Code of Conduct for Elected Members. Archie Aitken Implemented 
ACT0000717 - CON0000743 - Review of Governance & Induction processes.  This will encompass all
internal governance arrangements and associated risks, statutory requirements, training needs (including
lessons learned based on engagement with current Elected Members), and ICT requirements so that an
appropriate framework is in place for the new Council.
Archie Aitken Complete 
CON0000744 - Code of Conduct for Chief Officers Des Murray Implemented 
CON0000745 - Code of Conduct for Employees supported by appropriate training programmes (highlighted
in letter of employment, induction and disseminated via Intranet.)
Fiona Whittaker Implemented 
CON0000746 - Schemes of Delegation and Administration Andrew Rose Implemented 
CON0000747 - Financial Regulations and financial procedures Elaine Kemp Implemented 
CON0000748 - Standing Orders amendments now means that Members have earlier sight of key committee
reports ensuring longer oversight.
Archie Aitken Implemented 
CON0000749 - Regular engagement between the Chief Executive and Members/political groups.  Register
maintained of Members requests for Officer attendance at political group meetings.
Des Murray Enhancing 
ACT0000489 - CON0000749 - Engagement with Political Group Business Managers 1/4ly to encourage
discussions around training and engagement to be included on business meeting agendas.
Pauline
McCafferty
Underway 28 October
2022
CON0000750 - Monitoring Officer Role provides oversight of conduct and enables management intervention
when required.
Archie Aitken Implemented  Page 162 of 174

Page 163

CON0000751 - Whistleblowing Policy Archie Aitken Implemented 
CON0000752 - Corporate Risk Management arrangements Ken Adamson Implemented 
CON0000754 - Reporting - Officers skilled in producing a consistent quality level of reporting.  Reporting
template and guidance updated and implemented.
Susan Lawrie Implemented 
ACT0000490 - CON0000754 - Review of committee report template and associated guidance, adherence
and quality of reporting will drive improvements in decision making process.
Susan Lawrie Complete 
ACT0000491 - CON0000754 - Skills development for officers in writing reports to improve quality,
consistency and clarity of information being put in front of members, on which they are required to make
decisions. E-learning module developed and now on LearnNL
Pauline
McCafferty
Complete  
CON0000756 - Council staff resources, skills and numbers, aligned with the Plan Fiona Whittaker Implemented 
ACT0000492 - CON0000756 - Full delivery of the commitments set out in the Workforce for the Future
paper
Fiona Whittaker Complete 
CON0001042 - Elected Member training programme via LearnNL (Elected Members Toolkit) Fiona Whittaker Implemented 
ACT0000487 - CON0001042 - Development of Elected Member training programme via LearnNL (Elected
Members Toolkit) and linked to the Improvement Service - approval being sought at Council on 19th
December with a launch thereafter.  Pilots will involve Elected Members.
Fiona Whittaker Complete 
ACT0000488 - CON0001042 - Consider what core Good Governance training for Members looks like, that
should be included within the training programme, and seek Audit & Scrutiny Panel
endorsement/championing of the same as a means of continuous improvement in governance and decision
making across the organisation.  ASP have endorsed.  Content will require to be considered.  Action owner
changed.
Archie Aitken Complete 
CON0001456 - Annual review and update of the Programme of Work is undertaken to provide Members
with a composite overview of progress to date, along with the future roadmap to ensure strategy remains
connected to delivery and the Programme of Work enables the ongoing delivery of projects, activities, and
services in support of The Plan for North Lanarkshire.
Des Murray Implemented 
CON0001459 - Strategy & Performance Manager post oversees  the four supporting frameworks and project 
management model into one strategic support for business strategy and governance.  Regular reporting on
the supporting frameworks to elected members.
Katrina Hassell Implemented 
CON0001460 - Restructured Corporate Management Team to create a single integrated corporate forum
including all Heads of Service, with revised Terms of Reference including strategic oversight of the
Programme of Work and Delivering for Communities, and clear linkages to cascade and communicate with
Service's Senior Management Teams and wider Operational Management Team (OMT) on a formal and
regular basis.  Key relevant areas of activity are:  To develop, monitor and provide oversight of the activities
and policies of the council.  To maintain strategic oversight and direction of the council's Programme of work
and The Plan for North Lanarkshire.  To maintain strategic oversight of corporate governance arrangements.
Des Murray Implemented 
Page 163 of 174

Page 164

CON0001512 - Annual Governance Statement produced each year, this is informed by (a) assurances
provided by all Heads of Service to the Chief Executive that they have considered the corporate governance
arrangements and the standard of internal financial controls in their area of responsibility and to the best of
their knowledge, corporate governance arrangements and financial controls in their service have been, and
are, working well and there are, in their opinion, no significant matters arising which would require to be
raised specifically, and (b) an annual review for ensuring ongoing effectiveness of the council's governance
arrangements.  The Annual Governance Statement is signed off by the Chief Executive and the Leader.  It
is also included in the annual accounts in line with  the Local Authority Accounting (Scotland) Regulations.
Des Murray Implemented 
Residual Assessment ASM0003112 Likelihood - 4 Impact - 4 High - 16
Likelihood Reason
It is considered that the Council has well-established and generally adequate and effective controls in place to deliver sound governance, leadership and decision-
making.  This has been confirmed by management's own self-assessment, independent reviews by Internal Audit and generally positive comments from external
agencies such as Audit Scotland.  These arrangements are generally expected to significantly reduce but not eliminate the likelihood of the risk occurring.  
However, it is recognised that there are a number of factors which are now present which create an increased potential for issues to occur arising from this risk.  These
include the presence of a significant number of new elected members following the Council elections in May 2022 and recent changes in the senior management team
structure.  The finely-balanced political composition of the Council and the associated recent changes in the political leadership of the Council when combined with the
challenging environment (and the need to make contentious and/or difficult decisions) facing the Council are considered to increase the risk of inconsistency and/or
uncertainty around decision-making and increased challenges in ensuring that future decisions and associated resources reflect agreed corporate priorities and
ambitions.  Whilst current controls and planned actions seek to minimise the impact of these factors on the likelihood of issues arising, it is recognised that the political
dimension within which part of the risk sits is not one that can or should be readily 'controlled' in a formal sense.  The impact, if any, of recent political changes and
changes to the composition and structure of the Corporate Management Team has yet to be fully established.
Impact Reason
While it is considered that the Council has well-established and generally adequate and effective controls in place to deliver sound governance, leadership and decision-
making, these arrangements are not considered to significantly reduce the nature and scale of impacts if the risk materialises and it is considered that the potential
remains for any such impacts to be significant. 
Page 164 of 174

Page 165

North Lanarkshire Council
Report
Audit and Scrutiny Panel 
Does this report require to be approved? ☐ Yes   ☒ No
Ref: KA/ASP/November22 Date 24/11/22
Corporate risk update – Supply Chain 
From:  Ken Adamson, Head of Audit and Risk
E-mail: adamsonk@northlan.gov.uk Telephone 07939 280602 
Executive Summary
To support the Council in mitigating risks and uncertainty, the Council operates risk
management arrangements which identify, evaluate, manage, and control a range of key
corporate risks.  All risks identified and agreed as meriting inclusion in the corporate risk
register are subject to regular monitoring and review by relevant senior management and
periodic review/consideration of individual risks by both the CMT and the Audit and Scrutiny
Panel (‘the Panel’) in line with the Council’s Risk Management Strategy and their respective
governance roles.
In line with the previously approved timetable for reporting on corporate risks, this report
focuses on the deep dive of the ‘Supply chain’ corporate risk.  The report provides an
overview of the current risk environment and the existing controls and actions taken to date
to mitigate against this risk, as well as further actions planned to continue to manage and
respond to this risk.
The increased costs associated with this supply chain risk will largely have to be managed
within existing budgets which are not expected to increase in line with inflationary pressures
and we can increasingly expect to see impacts on service provision, projects, programme of
work items and challenges in delivering the capital programme as previously planned.  This
will require decisions to review and update previously approved plans and projects,
assessing what will progress and what may need to be delayed/ceased.  Ensuring we have
ambitions which continue to be aligned with and underpinned by robust and realistic updated
financial plans will be important in managing this risk.
Recommendations
The Panel is asked to consider the contents of the report and to:
(a) note the updated deep-dive (at Appendix 1) which highlights that the residual risk score
in relation to the ‘Supply chain’ (and associated inflationary pressures) corporate risk is
unchanged and remains high;
(b) note the current and planned controls and management actions relating to this corporate
risk;
(c) recognise the important role that short and medium-term financial planning has in
allowing the Council to respond to pressures arising from this risk and the need to ensure
that future plans and ambitions are realistic and aligned with available resources.
The Plan for North Lanarkshire
Priority  All priorities
Ambition statement All ambition statements
AGENDA ITEM 8B
Page 165 of 174

Page 166

1. Background
1.1 CMT has previously approved the corporate risk register for 2022-23.
1.2 The definition of a corporate risk is “those risks which can impact the Council in achieving
its priorities and stated objectives or are more strategic in nature and require corporate
oversight”.  For example, such risks may have the potential to impact many Services,
and/or can impact significantly on the Council in terms of financial costs and reputational
damage.  The Corporate Risk Register will reflect an amalgamated position of Service-
level risks and may also include significant Service-level risks which have been escalated
for attention at a strategic level.
1.3 Risks contained within the register are subject to ongoing monitoring and review
throughout the year, with regular risk reporting to CMT and the Panel both on the overall
register, and with detail on individual risks being reported by relevant Risk Leads.  
2. Key issues arising
2.1 The environment in which the council operates has seen significant challenges over
recent years.  The COVID-19 pandemic had a huge impact on supply chains and the
council's procurement activity.  When combined with increased trade barriers arising
from the UK's exit from the European Union, and impacts arising from the Russia/Ukraine
conflict (including significant increases in the price of oil, gas and many other natural
resources), this has only served to exacerbate the position, with challenges to supply
chains (availability and costs) now expected to be present for many years to come. 
Pricing pressures are now being experienced across the entire range of goods and
services with inflation currently at a 40-year high.  Economic forecasters generally do not
expect inflation to return to lower levels in the near future.  Current pressures are
resulting in increasing prices, delays and/or non-availability of certain items and there is
no indication that these pressures will disappear in the short-term.  We are also seeing
increased volatility in the willingness to tender and in the reliability and financial
sustainability of those from whom we procure goods and services.
2.2 Whilst Services are generally responding to current circumstances in line with
expectations and to the best of their abilities, it is recognised that the Council has limited
ability to directly control or mitigate the wider inflationary pressures associated with this
risk or increase the level of resources available to respond to the pressures arising.  The
nature of some of the key drivers of this risk has significantly limited our ability to
anticipate and react in advance or to respond to current market volatilities.
2.3 Increased costs will largely have to be managed within existing budgets which are not
expected to increase in line with inflationary pressures and we can increasingly expect
to see impacts on service provision, projects and programme of works and challenges in
delivering the capital programmes as planned.  This will require decisions to review and
update previously approved plans and projects, assessing what will progress and what
may need to be delayed/ceased and is likely to lead to associated negative impact on
reputation from failure to deliver what was previously committed to.
2.4 As with likelihood above, the impacts will vary across the Council but the identified risks
have the potential, if not mitigated, to impact significantly across a wide range of Council
Services and to impact on the Council’s financial sustainability and the ability of the
Council to deliver against key projects and corporate ambitions as laid out in the Plan for
North Lanarkshire and the associated Programme of Work.
2.5 A key element of the Council’s response must be to ensure that corporate ambitions and
associated financial plans are realistic and reflective of this new environment and recent
reports to Policy and Strategy Committee have outlined to members how this process
will be progressed.  Attention is also being given to improving resilience planning,
strategic and tactical procurement decision-making and further strengthening existing
contract supplier management arrangements.  
Page 166 of 174

Page 167

3. Measures of success
3.1 CMT and the Panel are content with, and have an appropriate understanding of, the key
risks facing the Council and how these are being managed.
3.2 The corporate risk management team will continue to report quarterly to CMT and the
Panel providing an overview of key developments in risk management and updating on
progress in respect of planned improvements to the Council’s risk management
arrangements.
3.3 The adequacy and effectiveness of the Council’s risk management arrangements will be
independently and regularly reviewed by Internal Audit, who will report directly on the
results of that work to the Panel.
3.4 Effective risk management arrangements assist the Council in achieving planned
outcomes and/or help the Council mitigate the impacts of adverse events. 
4. Supporting documentation
Appendix 1: Deep dive (October 2022) – Supply Chain 
Ken Adamson, Head of Audit and Risk 
Page 167 of 174

Page 168

5. Impacts 
5.1 Public Sector Equality Duty and Fairer Scotland Duty
Does the report contain information that has an impact as a result of the Public Sector
Equality Duty and/or Fairer Scotland Duty?
Yes ☐ No ☒
5.2 Financial impact
Does the report contain any financial impacts?
Yes ☐ No ☒
5.3 HR policy impact 
Does the report contain any HR policy or procedure impacts?
Yes ☐ No ☒
5.4 Legal impact
Does the report contain any legal impacts (such as general legal matters, statutory
considerations (including employment law considerations), or new legislation)?
Yes ☐ No ☒
5.5 Data protection impact 
Does the report / project / practice contain or involve the processing of personal
data?  
Yes ☐ No ☒
5.6 Technology / Digital impact
Does the report contain information that has an impact on either technology, digital
transformation, service redesign / business change processes, data management,
or connectivity / broadband / Wi-Fi?
Yes ☐ No ☒
5.7 Environmental / Carbon impact
Does the report / project / practice contain information that has an impact on any
environmental or carbon matters?
Yes ☐ No ☒
5.8 Communications impact
Does the report contain any information that has an impact on the council’s
communications activities?
Yes ☐ No ☒
5.9 Risk impact
Is there a risk impact?
Yes ☒ No ☐
Included in the corporate risk register.  Service specific risks should be included in
relevant Service or project risk registers2.
Effective risk management arrangements including the identification, assessment,
management and oversight of relevant risks will increase the likelihood of the Council
achieving its ambitions and plans by more effectively mitigating potential threats to
planned outcomes.  It also contributes to effective management of risks relating to
all service and operational areas. 
Page 168 of 174

Page 169

Deep Dive Report RIS0000460 Risk Title Supply Chain Owner
Ken Adamson
(co-ordinator) 
Risk Context 
North Lanarkshire council is a unitary authority, the fourth largest in Scotland, and is responsible for the delivery of a wide and diverse range of
statutory and discretionary public services.  We deliver our services through a mixed economy acting as both a provider, through direct provision of
services using our own workforce and assets, and an enabler with services delivered through private providers, the third sector and supported
businesses.  We spend around £450 million externally each year, across both revenue and capital investment projects.  The Council procures a
wide and diverse range of supplies, works and services using a variety of contracts, ranging from simple single purchase orders to long-term complex
partnership agreements. Some contracts are with a single provider, others are frameworks with multiple providers, all seeking to maximise outcomes
and best value from the supplies, works and services that it buys.  
The environment in which the council operates has seen significant challenge over recent years.  The COVID-19 pandemic had a huge impact on
the council's procurement activity presenting a number of new and unexpected supply chain challenges.  This when combined with the UK's exit
from the European Union, and impacts arising from the Russia/Ukraine conflict have only served to exacerbate the position, with challenges to
supply chains (availability and costs) expected to be present for many years to come.  Generally, inflation is currently at a 40-year high and economic
forecasters generally do not expect inflation to return to lower levels in the near future.
In terms of the council's experience, current pressures are resulting in increasing prices, delays and/or non-availability of certain items and there is
no indication that these pressures will disappear in the short-term.  Corporately this risk has the potential to create significant additional financial
pressures, to potentially limit what the Council can achieve within available budgets and impact on the Council's ability to deliver key services and
progress planned projects (including a number Programme of Work items).  A key challenge for Services, however, is the uncertainty around where
and when any such supply chain issues may arise, and this is becoming more widespread.  CMT continues to have oversight of the developing
picture across services, with each service required to assess its current position and associated mitigating actions.  The Head of Financial Solutions
is also setting out how inflationary pressures will be managed within the Council's short- and medium-term financial management and planning
arrangements.
This document represents a high-level assessment of the council's position together with key hotspots arising within services.
Assessment Due
31 July 2022 
Last Assessment
Undertaken
20 January 2022 
Page 169 of 174

Page 170

Risk Description
There is a risk that the council is unable to anticipate and/or respond appropriately to disruption and/or volatility in the supply/availability/cost of a
range of goods, services and materials needed to deliver services and progress its wider strategic ambitions.
Due To
Increased challenges associated with ensuring the availability, reliability and affordability/pricing of the supply of goods and services.  The increased
likelihood of this risk arising has largely been attributed to: - 
• The effects of the pandemic, Brexit and other geo-political factors on local and global supply chains; 
• Tighter labour markets and pressures on associated production and distribution arrangements; 
• Lack of mature contract supplier management (CSM) arrangements;
• Inability to fully understand critical supply issues at each stage in the chain;
• Lack of fully mature and embedded project management arrangements;
• Lack of fully mature and embedded risk management arrangements, both of which would allow early identification, consideration and escalation
of the risks and issues arising and their impact together with appropriate prioritisation  of any relevant actions.
Impact
• Preventing and/or delaying the Council in delivering expected services (or impacting on the ability to deliver expected quality) and in progressing
its wider ambitions;
• Increased costs which will largely have to be managed within existing budgets which are not expected to increase in line with inflationary pressures;
• Delays on projects and programme of works and challenges in delivering the DigitalNL and capital programmes as planned;
• Requirement to change previously approved plans and projects, assessing what will progress and what may need to be ceased and associated
negative impact on reputation from failure to deliver what was previously committed to.
• Main service impacts are currently being experienced on the corporate and housing capital programmes and in Adult Health & Social Care and
Children, Families & Justice, Assets & Procurement, Housing Property & Projects and Business Solutions.  These could result in significant
increases in costs associated with capital projects and delays in delivering equipment and adaptations to adults, young people and children with
disabilities; impacts on the supply by external providers in AH&SC, CF&J; difficulties in certain contracted services being provided to NLC.
Organisation
Structure
North Lanarkshire
Corporate 
Corporate Priorities
• Improve economic opportunities and outcomes
• Improve North Lanarkshire’s resource base 
Page 170 of 174

Page 171

Inherent Assessment ASM0002408 Likelihood - 5 Impact - 5 High - 25
Likelihood Reason
Whilst the likelihood of the risk crystallising varies significantly across the Council depending on the nature of the Services delivered and the extent to which we rely on
externally procured goods and services to sustain service delivery, overall the risk is assessed as ‘High’ as most Services rely on the adequate and affordable supply of
externally procured goods and services.
Impact Reason
As with likelihood above, the impacts will vary across the Council but the identified risks have the potential to impact significantly across a wide range of Council Services
and to impact on the Council’s financial sustainability and the ability of the Council to deliver against key projects and corporate ambitions as laid out in the Plan for North
Lanarkshire and the associated Programme of Work. 
Controls and Actions Owner Status Target/Due Date 
CON0001879 - Regular Service Impact Assessments for each area including actions taken and/or planned
with periodic reviews.
Ken Adamson (co-
ordinator)
In Progress Ongoing 
CON0001880 - Regular monitoring and reporting of position to CMT. Ken Adamson In Progress Ongoing 
ACT0001004 - CON0001880 - Service specific review and analysis to be incorporated into all CSM
processes, in order to identify any significant changes in the supply chain.
Chris Gannon Raised 30 September
2022 
CON0001881 - Approval process for revised rates/contract variations that arise outwith expected annual
contract price reviews -  CMT has already approved arrangements to allow the Council to consider and
approve revised rates where cost pressures arising from the pandemic/Brexit have the potential to impact
on the commercial viability of existing contractual arrangements.  To date, only a relatively small number of
such cases have been authorised.  Owners are jointly James McKinstry and Archie Aitken.
James McKinstry Complete Complete 
ACT0000918 - CON0001881 - Services to be reminded of process involved where approval needs to be
sought for increasing contractually agreed rates.  Communicate the approvals process via Procurement
network and CPWG.
Chris Gannon Raised 20 December
2022 
CON0001882 - Procurement guidance requires Services to ensure supplier quality and conduct
procurement due diligence.
Chris Gannon In Progress Ongoing 
Page 171 of 174

Page 172

ACT0000840 - CON0001882 - Services to actively consider changing product requirements, where
appropriate, to replace or reduce the need for ‘at risk' goods or materials.
Chris Gannon Raised Complete 
ACT0000841 - CON0001882 - Where appropriate, practical and cost effective, services are to consider
identifying, purchasing and increasing stocks of 'at risk' or potentially 'at risk' materials.
Ken Adamson Raised Complete 
CON0001883 - Services are encouraged to consider diversifying suppliers to minimise risk and increase
current and future options (included within Contract Strategy section 5 Procurement/Contract Options
Appraisal).
Chris Gannon In Progress Ongoing 
ACT0000839 - CON0001883 - Services are encouraged to consider seeking alternative sources of relevant
goods or services deemed 'at risk'.  Drafting note to be inserted into Contract Strategy to serve this purpose
and prompt author to consider alternatives.
Chris Gannon Underway 31 March 2022 
CON0001884 - Including partners in risk planning and bringing them closer to NLC operations; Ken Adamson Implemented 
CON0001885 - Taking appropriate mitigating actions and contingency planning where residual risk exposure
remains high.
Ken Adamson In Progress 
ACT0000842 - CON0001885 - Across relevant services develop and implement a process as part of
planning and work scheduling that reprioritises, switches or delays work to reduce demand for 'at risk' goods
or materials until such time as they are more widely available.
Ken Adamson Raised 31 March 2022 
ACT0000917 - CON0001885 - Services to review contingency plans to ensure appropriate response and
capture additional actions necessary to respond to insufficient supply of keys goods or services.
Lauren Anthony Raised 8 April 2022 
CON0001887 - Where necessary and practical, services to consider amending work schedules and plans
where associated material shortages exist or are anticipated.
Ken Adamson In Progress 
CON0002064 - Services manage financial implications through financial monitoring & budgeting processes. Financial Solutions Implemented 
CON0002065 - Council's Contract Supplier Management (CSM) arrangements are in place (until March
2023) however not as mature as we would like and link to development actions within the Procurement
Improvement Plan (CPIP).
Chris Gannon In Progress 
Page 172 of 174

Page 173

ACT0000916 - CON0002065 - Services enter dialogue with relevant key contractors/suppliers to ascertain
current and potential threats/risks and to understand what contractors/suppliers are doing to mitigate these.
This is incorporated within the Contract Strategy section 3 (Research & Development. -  review the content
of the Contract Strategy with the group?)
Chris Gannon Raised Complete 
ACT0000920 - CON0002065 - CSM needs to be part of contracts, setting out exactly what meetings should
contain from 1st April. (Procurement improvement plan). This is already incorporated into the CSM
guidelines - see the performance review meeting/agenda/minutes/action template, that is currently online.
For discussion.
Chris Gannon Raised 8 April 2022 
ACT0000921 - CON0002065 - Review how services resource CSM and ensure skills/training are fit for
purpose. - Training matrix is underway
Chris Gannon Raised 8 April 2022 
CON0002066 - Corporate Risk Management arrangements when used properly should enable Services to
identify and evaluate key supply chain risks, and these could be used to establish the overall council position
and key hotspots.
Ken Adamson Implemented 
ACT0000915 - CON0002066 - Essential that services use risk registers to identify and monitor key risks
such as this and enable them to call out highest areas of risk and allow for escalation as appropriate to CMT. 
This would allow an emerging picture to be created.   Discussions held through RMCWG.
Lauren Anthony Complete 
CON0002067 - Corporate Project Management arrangements allow for identification of risks within projects
and setting of acceptable parameters of cost deviation enabling escalation of key problem areas.
Lauren Anthony In Progress 
ACT0001005 - CON0002067 - Review of Corporate Project Management Methodology and associated
training is underway - ensure Supply chain risks are highlighted and brought into the process.
Susan Lawrie Underway 30 September
2022 
CON0002068 - Service self evaluation/assurance statements Ken Adamson In Progress 
ACT0000919 - CON0002068 - Consider how services evaluate their CSM arrangements and how they
satisfy themselves this area is working - if they do.
Chris Gannon Raised 8 April 2022 
CON0002329 - Regular Market Intelligence reports purchased by Corporate Procurement (IBIS world). Chris Gannon In Progress 
ACT0000922 - CON0002329 - Corporate Procurement to share market intelligence reports via CPWG and
Procurement network to increase service awareness of market changes to help inform services.
Chris Gannon Raised 30 September
2022 
Page 173 of 174

Page 174

CON0002374 - Financial Solutions to set out how associated inflationary pressures will be managed both in
relation to existing financial budgets and medium-term financial plans as part of the Council’s financial
management arrangements.
Elaine Kemp In Progress Ongoing 
ACT0001036 - CON0002374 - At the time of setting the 2022/23 budget the impact of inflation pressures on
council contracts and costs was yet unknown however an estimated provision was set aside to recognise
increased costs would be likely.  Budget Setting for 2022/23 provides additional resource to recognise likely
cost pressures associated with inflation.
Elaine Kemp Complete Ongoing 
ACT0001037 - CON0002374 - The closure of the 2021/22 accounts saw additional monies set aside within
Earmarked Reserves to assist in managing the impact of inflation pressures on a one-off basis until the
impact could be fully understood.    One off resources to be set aside from council reserves to assist with
the in-year impact of inflationary pressures on council contracts and costs.
Elaine Kemp Complete Ongoing 
ACT0001038 - CON0002374 - The MTFP for 2023/24 now incorporates a recurring cost pressure to
recognise the most up to date forecasts for RPI and CPI.  Council’s Medium Term Financial Plan provides
for anticipated recurring inflationary costs on council contracts and costs.
Elaine Kemp Underway 31 October 2022 
ACT0001039 - CON0002374 - Regular Financial Outlook papers provide updates on the anticipated impact
from anticipated inflationary pressures on council contracts and costs.
Elaine Kemp Underway 28 February 2023 
Residual Assessment ASM0002408 Likelihood - 4 Impact - 4 High - 16
Likelihood Reason
Whilst Services are responding to current circumstances in line with expectations and to the best of their abilities, it is recognised that the Council has limited ability to
control or mitigate the wider inflationary pressures associated with this risk or increase the level of resources available to respond to pressures arising.  This when combined
with the relative lack of maturity of some of our contract/supplier management processes, risk and project management arrangements and the nature of some of the key
drivers of this risk has significantly limited our ability to anticipate and react in advance of current market volatilities.
Impact Reason
While the Council has been able to mitigate some of the expected impacts, the supply chain risk and associated inflationary pressures has, and will continue to impact on
the Council’s finances and on the ability of the Council to deliver the range and quality of services and/or to progress many planned projects and ambitions in line with
previous expectations. 
Page 174 of 174